16
811 References Abaase, T.A., A. Gouzaye, L. Woltering and D. Pasternak. 2007. The role of indigenous leafy vegetables on daily diet and rural and urban economy of Niger. In: Indigenous Vegetables and Legumes Prospectus for Fighting Poverty, Hunger and Malnutrition. T.A. Lumpkin and J. Hughes (eds.), Acta Hort. 752:35-39. Agbegha, M.L. 1996. Ịzọn-English Dictionary. Riverside Communications, Port Harcourt, Nigeria. Albert, R. and D.L. Shaul. 1985. A Concise Hopi and English Lexicon. John Benjamins Pub. Co., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA. Aldave, A. and J. Mostacero. 1988. Botánica Farmaceútica. Editorial Libertad, Trujillo, Peru. Allen, B.M. 1967. Malayan Fruits: An Introduction to the Cultivated Species. Donald Moore LTD, Singapore. Alpern, S.B. 2008. Exotic plants of Western Africa: Where they came from and when. History of Africa 35:63-102. Anderson, E.F. 1993. Plants and People of the Golden Triangle. Dioscorides Press, Portland, Oregon. Anon. 1994. Catalan Dictionary. Routledge, New York, New York, USA. Anon. 1991. South African Multi-language Dictionary and Phrase Book. English, Afrikaans, Northern Sotho, Sesotho, Tswana, Xhosa, Zulu. Readers Digest Assoc. South Africa, Cape Town, South Africa. Anon. 1997. Index Kewensis (disc), Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK. Asfaw, Z. and M. Tadesse. 2001. Prospects for sustainable use and development of wild food plants in Ethiopia. Econ. Bot. 55:47-62. Asher, R.E. (ed.). 1994. The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Pergamon Press, Oxford, UK. Austin, M. and R. Lynch (eds.). 1986. Saad Ahaah Sinil. Rough Rock Demonstration School, Rough Rock, Arizona, USA. Awde, N. 1996. Hausa-English, English-Hausa Dictionary. Hippocrene Books, New York, New York, USA. Awde, N., A. Sarwan, S. Davatolhagh and S. Aziz. 2002. Dari. Dari-English, English- Dari Dictionary and Phrasebook. Hippocrene Books, New York, New York, USA. Awde, N. and C. Shahribaf. Farsi. Farsi-English, English-Farsi Dictionary & Phrasebook. Hippocrene Books, New York, New York, USA. Backes, A. 1999. Nomes Populares e Cientficos de Plantas do Rio Grande do Sul. Editora Unisinos, São Leopoldo RS, Brazil. Balashev, L.L. (ed.). 1970. Slovar’ poleznykh rastenii na dvadtsati evropeiskikh iazykakh. [Dictionary of Useful Plants in Twenty European Languages]. Nauka Pub. House, Moscow, Russia. Banfield, A.W. 1916. Dictionary of the Nupe Language. Niger Press, Shonga, Nigeria. Baret, John and A. Fleming. 1580. An aluearie or quadruple dictionarie containing foure sundrie tongues: namelie, English, Latine, Greeke, and French. Newlie enriched with varietie of wordes, phrases, prouerbs, and diuers lightsome obseruations of grammar. By the tables you may contrairwise finde out the most necessarie wordes placed after the alphabet, whatsoeuer are to be found in anie other dictionarie: which tables also serue for lexicons, to lead the learner vnto the English of such hard wordes as are often read in authors, being faithfullie examined, are truelie numbered. Verie profitable for such as be desirous of anie of those languages. Excudebat Henricus Denhamus typographus, Gulielmi Seresij vnicus assignatus, Londini, England. Barigozzi, C. (ed.). 1986. The Origin and Domestication of Cultivated Plants. Elsevier, Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Beever, J. 1991. Dictionary of Maori Plant Names. Auckland Botanical Society, Auckland, New Zealand. Benton, R.A. 1971. Pangasinan Dictionary. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA. S.J. Kays, Cultivated vegetables of the world: a multilingual onomasticon, DOI 10.3920/978-90-8686-720-2, © Wageningen Academic Publishers 2011

References - Springer978-90-8686-720-2/1.pdf · References Abaase, T.A., A. ... A.W. 1916. Dictionary of the Nupe Language. Niger Press, ... Botanical and Vernacular Names of South

  • Upload
    hahanh

  • View
    219

  • Download
    2

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

811

ReferencesAbaase TA A Gouzaye L Woltering and D Pasternak 2007 The role of indigenous leafy

vegetables on daily diet and rural and urban economy of Niger In Indigenous Vegetables and Legumes Prospectus for Fighting Poverty Hunger and Malnutrition TA Lumpkin and J Hughes (eds) Acta Hort 75235-39

Agbegha ML 1996 Ịzọn-English Dictionary Riverside Communications Port Harcourt NigeriaAlbert R and DL Shaul 1985 A Concise Hopi and English Lexicon John Benjamins Pub Co

Philadelphia Pennsylvania USAAldave A and J Mostacero 1988 Botaacutenica Farmaceuacutetica Editorial Libertad Trujillo PeruAllen BM 1967 Malayan Fruits An Introduction to the Cultivated Species Donald Moore LTD

SingaporeAlpern SB 2008 Exotic plants of Western Africa Where they came from and when History of

Africa 3563-102Anderson EF 1993 Plants and People of the Golden Triangle Dioscorides Press Portland OregonAnon 1994 Catalan Dictionary Routledge New York New York USAAnon 1991 South African Multi-language Dictionary and Phrase Book English Afrikaans Northern

Sotho Sesotho Tswana Xhosa Zulu Readers Digest Assoc South Africa Cape Town South Africa

Anon 1997 Index Kewensis (disc) Oxford University Press Oxford UKAsfaw Z and M Tadesse 2001 Prospects for sustainable use and development of wild food plants

in Ethiopia Econ Bot 5547-62Asher RE (ed) 1994 The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics Pergamon Press Oxford

UKAustin M and R Lynch (eds) 1986 Saad Ahaah Sinil Rough Rock Demonstration School Rough

Rock Arizona USAAwde N 1996 Hausa-English English-Hausa Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New

York USAAwde N A Sarwan S Davatolhagh and S Aziz 2002 Dari Dari-English English- Dari Dictionary

and Phrasebook Hippocrene Books New York New York USAAwde N and C Shahribaf Farsi Farsi-English English-Farsi Dictionary amp Phrasebook Hippocrene

Books New York New York USABackes A 1999 Nomes Populares e Cientificos de Plantas do Rio Grande do Sul Editora Unisinos

Satildeo Leopoldo RS BrazilBalashev LL (ed) 1970 Slovarrsquo poleznykh rastenii na dvadtsati evropeiskikh iazykakh [Dictionary

of Useful Plants in Twenty European Languages] Nauka Pub House Moscow RussiaBanfield AW 1916 Dictionary of the Nupe Language Niger Press Shonga NigeriaBaret John and A Fleming 1580 An aluearie or quadruple dictionarie containing foure sundrie

tongues namelie English Latine Greeke and French Newlie enriched with varietie of wordes phrases prouerbs and diuers lightsome obseruations of grammar By the tables you may contrairwise finde out the most necessarie wordes placed after the alphabet whatsoeuer are to be found in anie other dictionarie which tables also serue for lexicons to lead the learner vnto the English of such hard wordes as are often read in authors being faithfullie examined are truelie numbered Verie profitable for such as be desirous of anie of those languages Excudebat Henricus Denhamus typographus Gulielmi Seresij vnicus assignatus Londini England

Barigozzi C (ed) 1986 The Origin and Domestication of Cultivated Plants Elsevier Amsterdam the Netherlands

Beever J 1991 Dictionary of Maori Plant Names Auckland Botanical Society Auckland New Zealand

Benton RA 1971 Pangasinan Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

SJ Kays Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon DOI 103920978-90-8686-720-2 copy Wageningen Academic Publishers 2011

812 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Bianco VV F Pimpini and L Basoccu 1990 Orticoltura Pagravetron Bologna ItalyBiswas S SC Sen Gupta S Sengupta B Dasgupta and S Banerjee 2006 Samsad English-Bengali

Dictionary Sahitya Samsad Kolkata IndiaBiggs B 1981 The Complete English-Maori Dictionary Auckland University Press Auckland

New ZealandBingham H 1908 Gilbertese-English Dictionary American Board of Commissioners for the Foreign

Missions Boston Massachusetts USABlench RM K Williamson and B Connell 1994 The diffusion of maize in Nigeria A historical

and linguistic investigation Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika 1538-39 Bose TK and MG Som 1986 Vegetable Crops in India Nava Prokash Calcutta IndiaBright W (ed) 1992 International Encyclopedia of Linguistics Oxford University Press Oxford

UKBrookes R 1763 The Natural History of Vegetables London UKBruumlcher H 1989 Useful Plants of Neotropical Origin and Their Wild Relatives Springer-Verlag

New York New York USABrummitt RK and CE Powell (eds) 1992 Authors of Plant Names Royal Botanical Garden

Kew UKBuck CD 1949 A Dictionary of Selected Synonyms in the Principal Indo-European Languages

University of Chicago Press Chicago Illinois USA Buechel E 1970 A Dictionary of the Teton Dakota Sioux Language P Manhart (ed) Red Cloud

Indian School Holy Rosary Mission Pine Ridge South Dakota USABurkill HM 1985-1997 The Useful Plants of West Tropical Africa Royal Botanic Gardens Kew

UKBusson F P Jaeger P Lunven and M Pinta 1965 Plantes Alimentaires de lrsquoOuest Africain Etude

Botanique Biologique et Chimique M Leconte Marseille FranceCamargo L de S 1992 As Hortaliccedilas e Sci Cultivo 3rd ed Fundaccedilatilde Cargill Campinas BrazilCerrate E 1979 Vegetacioacuten del valle de Chiquiaacuten Univ Nac Mayor de San Marcos Lima PeruChauhan DVS 1972 Vegetable Production in India Ram Praasad and Sons Agra UP IndiaChilders RC 1979 A Dictionary of the Pali Language Cosmo Publications New Delhi IndiaChristophersen E 1935 Flowering Plants of Samoa Bull 128 Bernice P Bishop Museum Honolulu

Hawaii USAChristophersen E 1938 Flowering Plants of Samoa Bull 154 Bernice P Bishop Museum Honolulu

Hawaii USAChristophory Jules 1995 English-Luxembourgish Dictionary EschAlzette Luxembourg Chittenden FJ (ed) 1951 Dictionary of Gardening Clarendon Press Oxford UKChung K-F Y Kono C-M Wang and C-I Peng 2008 Notes on Acemella (Asteraceae Heliantheae)

in Taiwan Botanical Studies 4973-82Churchward CM 1959 Tongan Dictionary Government Printing Press Nukursquoalofa TongaCoe RG and GJ Anderson 1999 Ethnobotany of the Sumu (Ulwa) of southeastern Nicaragua and

comparisons with Miskitu plant lore Econ Bot 53363-386Colon de Reguero L and SM Rodriguez de Santiago 1978 Tabla de Composicion de Alimentos de

Uso Corriente en Puerto Rico University of Puerto Rico San Juan Puerto RicoCorlett JL EA Dean and LE Grivetti 2003 Hmong gardens Botanical diversity in an urban

setting Econ Bot 57365-379Correcirca M Pio and Leonam de Azeredo Pena1926-1978 Dicionaacuterio das Plantas Uteis do Brasil e

das Exoticas Cultivadas Imprensa Nacional Rio de Janeiro BrazilCouncil of Scientific and Industrial Research 1952-1988 The Wealth of India A Dictionary of Indian

Raw Materials and Industrial Products Council of Scientific and Industrial Research New Delhi India

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 813

References

Cox PA and SA Banack 1991 Islands Plants and Polynesians An Introduction to Polynesian Ethnobotany Diocorides Press Portland Oregon USA

Craven T 1932 The New Royal Dictionary English into Hindustani and Hindustani into English Methodist Pub House Lucknow India

Cronquist A 1988 The Evolution and Classification of Flowering Plants New York Botanical Garden Bronx New York New York USA

Crosby AW Jr 1972 The Columbian Exchange Greenwood Press Westport ConnecticutCrystal D 2000 Language Death Cambridge University Press Cambridge UKDalziel JM 1937 The Useful Plants of Tropical Africa Crown Agents for Overseas Governments

London UKDeighton FC 1957 Vernacular Botanical Vocabulary for Sierra Leone Crown Agents for Overseas

Governments on behalf of the Government of Sierra Leone London UKde Koning J 1993 Checklist of Vernacular Plants in Mozambique Wageningen Agricultural

University Wageningen the Netherlandsde Larajasse E 1897 Somali-English and English-Somali Dictionary Kegan Paul Trench Truumlbner

amp Co London UKde Malherbe F 1862 Oeuvres Completes de Malherbe Recueillies et Aannotees par ML Lalanne

Hachette Paris Francede Winter WP and VB Amoroso (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 15(2)

Cryptograms Ferns and Fern Allies Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsDiamond JM 2005 Guns Germs and Steel The Fates of Human Societies WW Norton New

York New York USADobring M 2002 Lowerwendish-English and English-Lowerwendish Dictionary Published by the

author Port Huron Michigan USADoke CM DM Malcolm JMA Sikakana and BW Vilakazi 1990 English-Zulu Zulu-English

Dictionary Witwatersrand University Press Johannesburg South AfricaDransfield S and EW Widjaja (eds) 1995 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 7 Bamboos

Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsDrury H 1978 The Useful Plants of India with Notices of their Chief Value in Commerce Medicine

and the Arts International Book Distributors Dehradun IndiaDuke JA 1986 Isthmian Ethnobotanical Dictionary Scientific Publishers Jodhpur IndiaDupriez H and P De Leener 1989 African Gardens and Orchards Growing Vegetables and Fruits

Macmillan London UKElkins RE 1968 Manobo-English Dictionary Univ Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAErtuğ F 2000 An ethnobotanical study in Central Anatolia (Turkey) Econ Bot 54155-182Fargher DC B Stowell and I Faulds 1979 Fargherrsquos English-Manx dictionary Shearwater Press

Douglas Isle of Man Great BritainFisher A E Weiss E Mdala and S Tshabe English-Xhosa Dictionary Oxford University Press

Cape Town South AfricaFlach M and R Rumawas (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 9 Plants Yielding

Non-seed Carbohydrates Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsFoot EC 1913 Galla-English English-Galla Dictionary Cambridge University Press Cambridge

UKFranquemont C T Plowman E Franquemont S King C Niezgoda W Davis and C Sperling

1990 The ethnobotany of Chinchero an Andean community in southern Peru Fieldiana 241-126

Frantz DG and NJ Russell 1995 Blackfoot Dictionary of Stems Roots and Affixes University of Toronto Press Toronto Canada

Frawley W 2003 International Encyclopedia of Linguistics Oxford University Press Oxford UK

814 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Fritz D W Stolz F Venter J Weichmann and C Wonneberger 1989 Gemuumlsebau Eugen Ulmer Stuttgart Germany

Fyle CN and ED Jones 1980 A Krio-English Dictionary Oxford University Press Oxford UKGasparini A 1983 Sidamo-English Dictionary EMI Bologna ItalyGestwicki Ronald Rev and Mrs 1966 An English-Herero Herero-English Dictionary Anglican

Church Windhoek South West AfricaGoddard M 2007 English-Kurdish Kurdish-English Sorani Dictionary Wallenberg Press London

UKGoodwill J A Kotzeacute L Namaseb A Tjouṱuku E Kaura P Hasheela L Mbenzi D Nakare

H Nakare M Goraseb and V neEiases 1991 First School Dictionary for Namibia Oxford University Press Cape Town South Africa

Gordon RG Jr (ed) 2005 Ethnoloɠue Languages of the World 15th edition SIL International Dallas Texas USA

Gove PB (ed) 1971 Websterrsquos Third New International Dictionary G and C Merriam Springfield Massachusetts USA

Gragson TL 1997 The use of underground plant organs and its relation to habitat selection among the Pumeacute Indians of Venezuela Econ Bot 51377-384

Gunn GC 2003 First Globalization The Eurasian Exchange 1500-1800 Rowman amp Littlefield Oxford UK

Gurudeva MR 2001 Botanical and Vernacular Names of South Indian Plants Divyachandra Prakashana Bangalore India

Guzmann CC de and JS Siemonsma (eds) 1999 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 13 Spices Backhuys Publishers Leiden the Netherlands

Hannan M 1973 Standard Shona Dictionary Macmillan Johannesburg South AfricaHarlan JR 1975 Our vanishing genetic resources Science 188617-621Harrington JP 1928 Vocabulary of the Kiowa language Smithsonian Inst Bull 34 255 ppHeemkerk W 1987 Especies e Variedades de Feijoes em Mocambique National Institute of

Agricultural Research Maputo MozambiqueHill KC (ed) 1998 Hopi Dictionary University Arizon Press Tucson Arizona USAHoch E 1960 Bemba Pocket Dictionary Kipalapala Tanganyika TanzaniaHockings P and C Pilot-Raichoor 1992 A Badaga-English Dictionary Mouton de Gruyter Berlin

GermanyHung L H Huang and H-F Yen (eds) 1992 The Nomenclarture of Vegetable Crops National

Taiwan University Taipei Republic of ChinaHuxley A (ed) 1992 Dictionary of Gardening Macmillian London UKIndian Council of Agricultural Research 1961 Handbook of Agriculture ICAR New DelhiIvens WG 1998 Bugotu-English English-Bugotu Concise Dictionary Hippocrene Books New

York New York USAJackson FH and JC Marck 1991 Carolinian-English Dictionary University Hawaii Press

Honolulu Hawaii USAJaeger P P Lunven and M Pinta 1965 Plantes Alimentaires de LrsquoOuest Africain Eacutetude Botanique

Biologique et Chimaque M Leconte Marseille FranceJansen RK 1985 The systematics of Acemlla (Asteraceae-Heliantheae) Syst Bot Monogr 81-115Jayaweera DMA 1981 Medical Plants (Indigenous and Exotic) Used in Ceylon National Science

Council of Sri Lanka Colombo Sri LankaJeeni CE 2001 Hindi-English-Mizo Dictionary Vani Prakasana New Delhi IndiaJerome S W Caxton W de Worde and R Curzon 1495 Vitas patrum Wynkyn de Worde

Westmynstre UKJha Govinda 1999 Kalyani Kosh (A Maithili-English Dictionary) Maharajadhiraja Kamesvara

Simha Kalyani Phaundesana Darabhanga India

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 815

References

Johnstone TM 1977 Harsūsi Lexicon and English-Harsūsi Word-List Oxford University Press London UK

Johnstone TM 1987 Mehri Lexicon and English-Mehri Word-List School of Oriental and African Languages University of London London UK

Jones SB Jr and AE Luchsinger 1986 Plant Systematics McGraw-Hill New York New York USA

Joslashrgensen H 1936 A Dictionary of the Classical Newārī Kevin amp Munksgaard CopenhagenKabithe DW 1980 Afrikan Language Dictionary Swahili-English English-Swahili Understanding

International Toledo Ohio USAKachroo P (ed) 1970 Pulse Crops of India Indian Council of Agri Res New Delhi IndiaKane TL 1990 Amharic-English Dictionary Harrassowitz Wiesbaden GermanyKays SJ and SF Nottingham 2007 Biology and Chemistry of Jerusalem Artichoke (Helianthus

tuberosus L) Taylor and Francis Boca Raton Florida USAKays SJ and JC Silva Dias 1996 Cultivated Vegetables of the World Latin Binomial Common

Name in 15 Languages Edible Part and Method of Preparation Exon Press Athens Georgia USA

Koenon E von 2001 Medicinal Poisonous and Edible Plants in Namibia Klaus Hess Publishers Windhoek Namibia

Kohen E and D Kohen-Gordon 2000 Ladino-English English-Ladino Concise Encyclopedia Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Kroll S and D Zahirović 1998 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary and Phrasebook Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Lamberts M 1992 Production trends for specialty Asian vegetables in Dade County Florida Acta Hort 31879-85

Lemmens RHMJ and N Bunyapraphatsara (eds) 2003 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 12(3) Medicinal and Poisonous Plants Backhuys Publishers Leiden the Netherlands

Leslau W 1963 Etymological Dictionary for Harari University of California Press Berkeley California USA

Leslau W 1976 Concise Amharic Dictionary University of California Press Berkeley California USA

Levang P and H de Foresta 1991 Economic Plants of Indonesia Orstom Bogor IndonesiaLinneacute Carl von 1753 Caroli Linnaeligi Species plantarum exhibentes plantas rite cognitas ad genera

relatas cum differentiis specificis nominibus trivialibus synonymis selectis locis natalibus secundum systema sexuale digestas Impensis Laurentii Salvii Holmiaelig (Stockholm Sweden)

Lorenzi H 1991 Plantas Daninhas do Brasil Terrestres Aquaacuteticas Parasitas Toacutexicase Medicinais 2nd ed Plantarum Press Nova Odessa Brazil

Luomala K 1953 Ethnobotany of the Gilbert Islands Bishop Museum Bul 213 129pMacPhail RM 1984 Campbellrsquos English-Santali Dictionary Eastern Books Calcutta IndiaMalherbe F de 1862 Oeuvres completes de Malherbe recueillies et aannotees par ML Lalanne

Hachette Paris FranceMamedov S 1995 Azerbaijani English-Azerbaijani Azerbaijani-English Hippocrene Books New

York New York USAMan Ssu-ch‛ien 1958 English-Hakka Dictionary Qi Guang Chubanshe Hong KongManner A 1983 Tulu-English Dictionary Asian Educational Services New Delhi IndiaMaracle DK 1992 One Thousand Useful Mohawk Words Audio-Forum Guilford Connecticut

USAMarijana Kiš 1996 Dijalektnata leksika od oblasta na rastitelniot svet Institut za Makedonski Jazik

ldquoKrste Misirkovrdquo Skopje MacedoniaMartin JB and MM Mauldin 2000 A Dictionary of CreekMuskogee University of Nebraska

Press Lincoln Nebraska USA

816 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Martineau L 1992 The Southern Paiutes Legends Lore Language and Lineage KC Publications Las Vegas Nevada USA

McNeill J FR Barrie HM Burdet V Demoulin DL Hawksworth K Marhold DH Nicolson J Prado PC Silva JE Skog and JH Wiersema (eds) 2005 International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code) adopted by the seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna Austria ARG Ganter Koumlnigstein Germany

Mertz O AM Lykke and A Reenberg 2001 Importance and seasonality of vegetable consumption and marketing in Burkina Faso Econ Bot 55276-289

Milner GB 1993 Samoan Dictionary Polynesian Press Aotearoa New ZealandMintz MW 1971 Bikol Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAMochari M (ed) 1985 Bodo-English Dictionary The Bodo Catholic Youth Association Bengtol

Kakrajhar Assam IndiaMolina FS H Valenzuela and DL Shaul 1999 Yoeme-English English-Yoeme Standard

Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA Motus C 1971 Hiligaynon Dictionary Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAMunro P and C Willmond 1994 Chickasaw An Analytical Dictionary University Oklahoma Press

Norman OklahomaNewman S 1958 Zuni Dictionary Intern J Amer Linguistics 24117pNiang M 1997 Pulaar-English English-Pulaar Hippocrene Books New York New York USANichols J and A Vagapov 2004 Chechen-English and English-Chechen Dictionary

RoutledgeCurzon New York New York USANguyen MLT 2005 Bạc hagrave (Colocasia gigantean [Blume] Hook f) in the culinary history of

Vietnamese-Americans Econ Bot 59185-196Oideachais AR 1978 Ainmneacha Plandai Agus Ainmhithe Baile Atha Cliath Oifig an tSolathair

IrelandOideachais AR 1978 Focloir Talmhaiochta An Gum Baile Atha Cliath IrelandOumlztopccedilu K Z Abuov N Kambarov and Y Azemoun 1996 Dictionary of the Turkic Languages

Routledge New York New York USAParham BEV 1957 Some Samoan plant names Laufasi Ola Dept Agri Circ 2(5 and 7) Apia

SamoaParham BEV 1958 Some Samoan plant names Laufasi Ola Dept Agri Circ 3(5 8 and 11)

Apia SamoaParham BEV 1972 Plants of Samoa New Zealand Dept Scientific and Industrial Res Wellington

New ZealandParker EM and RJ Hayward 1985 An Afar-English-French Dictionary School of Oriental and

African Studies University of London London UKParker SP 1989 McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Terms McGraw-Hill New

York New York USAParrotta JA 2001 Healing Plants of Peninsular India CABI Publishing New York New York

USAPassy AM 1999 Sephardic Folk Dictionary English to Ladino Ladino to English Published by

the author Los Angeles California USAPereira C and FV Agarez 1980 Botacircnica Taxonomia e Organografia das Angiospermas

Interamericana Rio de Janeiro BrazilPhone W 2007 Dictionary of Jicarilla Apache University of New Mexico Press Albuquerque New

Mexico USAPikia M 2006 African Traditional Plant Knowledge Today Lit Verlag Berlin GermanyPlants of the Philippines Work Group 1996 Plants of the Philippines Island Pub House ManilaPulte W (ed) 1975 Cherokee-English Dictionary Cherokee Nation of Oklahoma Tahlequah

Oklahoma USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 817

References

Ramser J K Weising C Lopez-Peralta W Terhalle R Terauchi and G Kahl 1997 Molecular marker based taxonomy and phylogeny of Guinea yam (Dioscorea rotundata ndash D cayenensis) Genome 40903-915

Rand ST 1888 Dictionary of the Language of the Micmac Indians Nova Scotia Printing Halifax Nova Scotia Canada

Raven PH RF Evert and SE Eichhorn 1992 Biology of Plants Worth New York New York USA

Reh M 1999 Anywa-English and English-Anywa Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlag Koumlln Germany

Reid LA (ed) 1971 Philippine Minor Languages Word Lists and Phonologies University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Reitz R 1972 Flora Ilustrada Catarinense Herbaacuterio Barbosa Rodrigues Itajaiacute Santa Catarina Brazil

Robinson LW and J Armagost 1990 Comanche Dictionary and Grammar The Summer Institute of Lingustics Dallas Texas USA

Ross D and GD Smith 1998 Scots-English English-Scots Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Royal Society Great Britain 1790 Ancient Cookery Society of Antiquaries of LondonCollection of ordinances and regulations for the government of the Royal Household London England

Rubino CRG 2000 Ilocano-English Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Rytz O (ed) 1960 Gonja-English Dictionary and Spelling Book 1960 Institute of African Studies University of Ghana Legon Ghana

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr and K Semrau 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 1 Allphabetisches Verzeichnis [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 1 Alphabetical List] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr K Semrau H Voigt and G Voll 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 2 100 Gemuumlsearten in 50 Sprachen [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 2 100 Vegetable Species 50 Languages] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Salaman RN 1940 Why ldquoJerusalemrdquo artichoke Royal Hort Soc LXVI338-348 376-383Saacutenchez-Monge y Parellada E 1981 Diccionario de Plantas Agricolas Ministry of Agriculture

Sercicio de Publ Agrarias Madrid SpainSapir E 1930 Southern Paiute a Shoshonean language Proceedings of the American Academy of

Arts and Sciences 651-296Schuh RG 1981 Dictionary of Ngizim University of California Press Berkeley California USASetchell WA 1924 American Samoa Carnegie Inst Pub 341 Washington DC USASeymour ELO 1990 The Wise Garden Encyclopedia Harper Collins New York New York USASiemonsma JS and K Piluek (eds) 1993 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 8 Vegetables

Pudoc Scientific Publishers Leiden the NetherlandsSimpson JA and Weiner ESC 1989 The Oxford English Dictionary 20 vols Claredon Press

Oxford UKSkinner N 1996 Hausa Comparative Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlan Koumlln GermanySlavov A 1999 Gypsy-English English-Gypsy Concise Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USASmith HH 1933 Ethnobotany of the Forest Potawatomi Indians Bull Pub Museum of the City of

Milwaukee Milwaukee Wisconsin USASoukup J 1980 Vocabulario de los nombres vulgares de la Flora Peruana y Cataacutelogo de los Geacuteneros

Editorial Salesiana Segunda Edicioacuten Lima Peru

818 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Soule J 1985 Glossary for Horticultural Crops John Wiley amp Sons New York New York USASperlich WB (ed) 1997 Tohi Vagahau Niue Niue Language Dictionary Government Press NiueSpring RK 2002 Balti-English English-Balti Dictionary RoutledgeCurzon New York New York

USASprinkle R 1976 Zhonggou Min nan yu Ying yu zi dian (Amoy-English Dictionary) Maryknoll

Fathers Taichung TaiwanStevels JMC 1990 Leacutegumes Traditionnels du Cameroun une Ecirctude Agro-botanique Wageningen

Agricultural University Papers Wageningen the NetherlandsStone G 2002 Upper Sorbian-English Dictionary Domowina Verlag GmbH Bautzen GermanyStroslashmme E (ed) 1993 Navn paring groslashnnsaker og krydderplanter Norsk plantenomenklaturraringd for

hagebruk FaginfoStatens fagtjeneste for landbruket Arings NorwaySubhadrabandhu S 1999 Ethnomedical uses of common plants in Thailand Chronica Horticulturae

39(1)7-9Svenson HK 1939 Monographic studies in the genus Eleocharis ndash V Rhodora 411-19Tanaka Y 1976 Tanakarsquos Cyclopedia of Edible Plants of the World Sasuke Nakao (ed) Keigaku

Pub Co Tokyo JapanTaylor FW 1995 Fulani-English Hippocrene Books New York New York USATerpstra G 1968 English-Tiv Dictionary Institute for African Studies University of Ibadan Ibadan

NigeriaTerrell E SR Hill JH Wiersema and WE Rice 1986 A Check List of Names for 3000 Vascular

Plants of Economic Importance United States Department of Agriculture Agricultural Handbook 505 Washington DC USA

Thibert A 1997 Eskimo-English English-Eskimo Dictionary AES + Laurier Pub Ottawa CanadaThomson DS 1994 The New English-Gaelic Dictionary GAIEM Glasgow Scotland UKTominaga T 1992 Fruits and vegetables in markets in Bintulu Sarawak Malaysia J Fac Agric

Shinshu University 29(2)137-147Torikashvili JJ 1992 Georgian-English English-Georgian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New

York New York USATovar O 1990 Tipos de Vegetacioacuten Diversidad Floristica y Estado de Conservacioacuten de la Cuenca

del Mantaro Centro de Datos para la Conservacioacuten Univ Nac Agraria La Molina Lima PeruUzicani NS 1995 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USA Van der Maesen LJG and S Somaatmadja (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No

1 Pulses Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVan Warmelo NJ 1989 Venda Dictionary Tsguvenḓa-English JL van Schaik Pretoria South

AfricaVan Wyk B-E 2005 Food Plants of the World Timber Press Portland Oregon USAVavilov NI 1992 Origin and Geography of Cultivated Plants Cambridge University Press

Cambridge UKVerheij EWM and RE Coronel (eds) 1991 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 2 Edible

Fruits and Nuts Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVestal PA and RE Schultes 1939 The Economic Botany of the Kiowa Indians Botanical Museum

Cambridge Massachusetts USAWells JC 2010 Orthographic diacritics and multilingual computing lthttpwwwphon uclacuk

homewellsdiadiacritics-revisedhtmgtWhistler WA 1991 Polynesian plant introductions pp 41-66 In Islands Plants and Polynesians

An Introduction to Polynesian Ethnobotany PA Cox and SA Banack (eds) Dioscorides Press Portland Oregon USA

Whistler WA 1991 The Ethnobotany of Tonga The Plants Their Tongan Names and Their Uses Bishop Museum Botany Bull 2 Bishop Museum Honolulu Hawaii USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 819

References

Wilder GP 1931 Flora of Rarotonga Bishop Museum Bull 86 Honolulu Hawaii USAWilliamson K 1993 Linguistic evidence for the use of some tree and tuber food plants in Southern

Nigeria pp 150-51 In Shaw T P Sinclair B Andah and A Okpoka The Archaeology of Africa Food Metals and Towns London UK

Williamson J 1960 Useful Plants of Malawi Government Printers Zomba MalawiWilliamson JP 1992 An English-Dakota Dictionary Minnesota Historical Soc Press St Paul

Minnesota USAWilson PM nd English-Swahili East African Literature Bureau Nairobi KenyaYuncker TG 1943 The Flora of Niue Island Bishop Museum Bull 178 Honolulu Hawaii USAYang Yigeng Lianci Liu Xuequn Chen Cailin Chen Guangfan Zhou and Keli Niao 1988

Classificational research for vegetables in mustard (Brassica juncea Coss) pp 342-347 In International Symposium on Horticultural Germplasm Cultivated and Wild Part II vegetables International Academic Publishers Beijing China

Yawalkar KS 1965 Vegetable Crops of India Agri-Horticultural Pub House Nagpur IndiaYoung RW and W Morgan 1980 The Navajo Language University of New Mexico Press

Albuquerque New Mexico USAYuncker TG 1945 Plants of the Manua Islands Bishop Museum Bull 184 Honolulu HawaiiYuncker TG 1959 Plants of Tonga Bishop Museum Bull 220 Honolulu Hawaii USAZohary D and M Hopf 2000 Domestication of Plants in the Old World Oxford University Press

Oxford UK

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 821

Appendices

Appendix I DiacriticsEnglish is one of the few languages that utilizes the standard 26 letters of the Latin alphabet Many other Latin alphabet-based languages supplement the sounds that can be represented by the letters using diacritics (eg aacute atilde acirc auml aring ā ă ą ȁ ȧ ạ ả a ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ) (Wells 2010) Diacritics used in the text are listed below however their effect on pronunciation is not consistent across languages As a consequence it is best to consult an explanation of the use of diacritics for each language

Acute accents (eg aacute ǽ ć eacute iacute oacute ĺ ń ŕ ś uacute z) have a wide range of applications depending upon the language For example in certain languages (eg Lakota Portuguese Spanish) they represent stressed vowels In certain other languages they indicate a long vowel (eg Czech Hungarian Irish) and in Polish palatalization In some African languages an acute accent over a vowel typically indicates a rising tone while over d k or t in Senegalese languages it hardens and shortens the letter A double acute (eg ő ű) is primarily used in Hungarian and acts as a combination of an acute and a diaeresis giving a longer sound to the respective letters

A grave accent (eg agrave egrave igrave ograve ugrave y) like an acute accent has various effects on pronunciation depending upon the language In French a grave accent indicates a half-open vowel in Italian and Catalan it is a stressed vowel in Scottish Gaelic a long vowel and in Vietnamese it denotes a low tone In a number of the African languages listed a grave accent over a vowel denotes a falling tone

In certain African languages a double grave accent (eg ȁ ȅ ȉ ȍ ȑ ȕ) over a vowel indicates a deeper falling tone when following a syllable already under a falling tone Likewise in Serbian Croatian and Slovenian a double grave accent indicates a falling tone

A circumflex accent (eg acirc ecirc icirc ocirc ucirc ŵ y) in Welsh denotes a long vowel including ŵ and y which are also vowels In Chichewa ŵ is a bilabial fricative while in Portuguese acirc ecirc icirc and ocirc are nasalized vowels In Turkish a circumflex appears over an a or u when a preceding consonant (eg k g l) is pronounced as a palatal plosive while in certain African languages a circumflex accent over a vowel indicates a rising tone In Potawatomi ecirc is pronounced as in the English word bet icirc as in bit and ucirc as in luck (Smith 1933) while in Kiowa the circumflex (icirc t) indicates a combination of an acute and a grave accent

A inverted circumflex also known as a hachek (eg č ě š ž) is represented by a relatively sharp wedge over the letter In Czech Slovak Croation Slovene and certain other languages š and ž indicate palato-alveolar fricatives In Amharic the grapheme č denotes the voiceless postalveolar affricate consonant similar to ch in the English word chocolate ğ signals [dʒ] and š signals [ʃ] In Czech č is a voiceless affricate while a hachek over an e indicates palatalization of the preceding consonant In several of the African languages listed a hachek over a consonant indicates a hardened aspiration a fricative or sibilant however when over a vowel it denotes a falling tone in the Nigerian languages

The breve (eg ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ) differs from the hachek in that it is more rounded In several languages it denotes the shortness of a vowel For example in Romanian ă indicates a mid central vowel In several of the African languages the presence of a breve over a vowel shortens it

A macron over a vowel (eg ā ē ī ō ū) indicates a long vowel in Maori Hawaiian and Latvian while in Yoruba it indicates a mid tone In certain African languages a macron lengthens a vowel though more commonly the vowel is doubled to show length In Pinyin ā ē ī ō ū ǖ are used to indicate the

822 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

first tone of Mandarin Chinese In contrast a macron under a vowel (eg a e i o u) in several of the African languages indicates a low level pitch

An overdot (eg ȧ ḃ ċ ḋ ė ḟ ġ ḣ ṁ ṅ ȯ ṗ ṙ ṡ ṫ ẇ ẋ ẏ ż) when used as a diacritic (in contrast to the letters i and j where the dot over the letter is a nondistinctive mark) has several functions In Lithuanian ė stands for a half closed vowel In Maltese ċ is a voiceless postalveolar affricate while in Lakota it is sometimes used to indicate an explosive stop In some of the African languages ṅ indicates ng as in the English sing

A dot under a letter (eg ạ ḅ ḍ ẹ ḥ ḳ ḷ ṃ ṇ ọ ṛ s ṭ ụ ṿ ẉ ẓ) in Vietnamese indicates a low glottal tone when under a vowel In Igbo it indicates a reduction of the height of the vowel while in Yoruba when used under a consonant an underdot indicates a sibilant sound as in s = sh In several of the African languages a dot under a vowel makes it more open

A diaeresis or trema is created using two dots over the letter (eg auml euml iuml ouml uuml) When placed over one of two adjacent vowels a diaeresis indicates the vowels are sounded separately (ie split into two syllables rather than pronounced as a digraph) A variation of this is the German umlaut where auml ouml and uuml represent front vowels This changes the sound as in auml = ae

A tilde is written over a letter (eg atilde ĩ ntilde otilde ũ) to indicate a change in pronunciation In Spanish Basque Filipino Galacian Guarani and certain other languages it represents a palatal nasal consonant In other letters a tilde indicates nasalization of the base vowel in Portuguese and Guarani In Estonian otilde stands for a close-mid back unrounded vowel in Guarani g stands for the nasalized upper central rounded vowel and in Vietnamese a tilde over a vowel represents a dipping tone

A ring over a letter (eg aring ů w y) especially the letter a is a distinctive feature in Danish Norwegian and Swedish The letter ů is used in Czech where it has the same pronunciation as uacute but changes to a short o in declension A ring under a letter (eg ḁ) may also be used in certain Indo-European languages to indicate syllabicity

A hook (eg ả ẻ ỉ ỏ ủ ỷ) appears as a small question mark placed on the top of vowels in the Vietnamese language causing them to be pronounced with a falling then rising tone

A stroke (eg oslash) also called a slash is a diacritic that is placed through the letters o in Danish and Norwegian creating a half-close front rounded vowel A velarized l (eg ł) in Polish is pronounced as w

A bar (eg đ ħ ŧ) is a diacritic the effect of which varies with the language in question The Croatian letter đ represents a palatalized d which can also be written as the digraph dj (Wells 2010) In the Vietnamese alphabet however đ stands for [d] while in Saacutemi đ and ŧ are fricatives In Maltese ħ represents a voiceless pharyngeal fricative

The horn (eg ơ ư) is a Vietnamese diacritic that creates unrounded variants of each vowel and are considered as separate letters from o and u

A cedilla (eg ccedil ş) originated from Spanish and is represented by a miniature curved structure at the base of the letters c and s With ccedil it represents a soft sound s rather than a hard sound k before a o u or at the end of a word in Basque Catalan French and Portuguese However in Albanian Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ccedil represents a voiceless affricate In Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ş represents a voiceless postalveolar fricative ʃ

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 823

Appendices

A comma at the base of a letter (ķ ļ ņ ŗ ţ) is used as a diacritic in several languages (eg Latvian Romanian) and represents various soft consonants With the letter g the comma is reversed and placed out of necessity over the lower case letter (ģ)

A tail or ogonek (eg ą ę į ų) is used in several eastern European languages In Polish ą and ę denote nasalized vowels In Lithuanian the tail simply means a long vowel In transcriptions of Navajo Kiowa and certain other Amerindian languages the diacritic is used to indicate nasalization (Harrington 1928)

A dot (eg ạ ẹ ị ọ ụ ỵ) in Vietnamese indicates a low tone and glottalized or tense voice while in Yoruba ạ and ẹ denote a half-open vowel A dotted s represents a palatoalveolar fricative ʃ A dot is also sometimes used in Romanization of languages using non-Latin alphabets For example several languages from Southeast Asia use a dot under d n s and t to represent retroflex consonants while under d s or t in the Romanization of Arabic it represents an emphatic consonant

An apostrophe (rsquo) has an exceptionally wide range of uses as a diacritic In Hausa it indicates a glottalisation of the following consonant or when between two vowels a glottal stop In the Romanization of Mandarin Chinese it marks aspiration of the preceding consonant sound as in tsrsquoecirc where tsrsquo is aspirated In English it denotes possessive as in the common name giant elephantrsquos ear (Colocasia gigantea (Blume) Hook f) In Swahili when placed after ng (ngrsquo) the g is silent as in the English word singer while in Italian it is occasionally used for a grave accent after a final vowel In some languages (eg Guarani Hawaiian Samoan Tahitian Tongan) and transliterations the apostrophe is used to indicate a glottal stop Likewise it may indicate the presence or lack of palatalization in Belarusian Russian and Ukrainian depending upon where it is used In Southern Paiute -krsquow indicates the w is unvoiced at the end of the word With -ngrsquow the w at the end of the word is unvoiced (Martineau 1992) In some languages an apostrophe is used to separate the root word from its affixes especially if the root word is foreign and unassimilated

The effect of two diacritics on a single letter (eg ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ ế ề ể ễ ệ ǖ ǘ ǚ ǜ) varies with the language in question In Vietnamese one may relate to the vowel quality and the other to the tone

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

812 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Bianco VV F Pimpini and L Basoccu 1990 Orticoltura Pagravetron Bologna ItalyBiswas S SC Sen Gupta S Sengupta B Dasgupta and S Banerjee 2006 Samsad English-Bengali

Dictionary Sahitya Samsad Kolkata IndiaBiggs B 1981 The Complete English-Maori Dictionary Auckland University Press Auckland

New ZealandBingham H 1908 Gilbertese-English Dictionary American Board of Commissioners for the Foreign

Missions Boston Massachusetts USABlench RM K Williamson and B Connell 1994 The diffusion of maize in Nigeria A historical

and linguistic investigation Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika 1538-39 Bose TK and MG Som 1986 Vegetable Crops in India Nava Prokash Calcutta IndiaBright W (ed) 1992 International Encyclopedia of Linguistics Oxford University Press Oxford

UKBrookes R 1763 The Natural History of Vegetables London UKBruumlcher H 1989 Useful Plants of Neotropical Origin and Their Wild Relatives Springer-Verlag

New York New York USABrummitt RK and CE Powell (eds) 1992 Authors of Plant Names Royal Botanical Garden

Kew UKBuck CD 1949 A Dictionary of Selected Synonyms in the Principal Indo-European Languages

University of Chicago Press Chicago Illinois USA Buechel E 1970 A Dictionary of the Teton Dakota Sioux Language P Manhart (ed) Red Cloud

Indian School Holy Rosary Mission Pine Ridge South Dakota USABurkill HM 1985-1997 The Useful Plants of West Tropical Africa Royal Botanic Gardens Kew

UKBusson F P Jaeger P Lunven and M Pinta 1965 Plantes Alimentaires de lrsquoOuest Africain Etude

Botanique Biologique et Chimique M Leconte Marseille FranceCamargo L de S 1992 As Hortaliccedilas e Sci Cultivo 3rd ed Fundaccedilatilde Cargill Campinas BrazilCerrate E 1979 Vegetacioacuten del valle de Chiquiaacuten Univ Nac Mayor de San Marcos Lima PeruChauhan DVS 1972 Vegetable Production in India Ram Praasad and Sons Agra UP IndiaChilders RC 1979 A Dictionary of the Pali Language Cosmo Publications New Delhi IndiaChristophersen E 1935 Flowering Plants of Samoa Bull 128 Bernice P Bishop Museum Honolulu

Hawaii USAChristophersen E 1938 Flowering Plants of Samoa Bull 154 Bernice P Bishop Museum Honolulu

Hawaii USAChristophory Jules 1995 English-Luxembourgish Dictionary EschAlzette Luxembourg Chittenden FJ (ed) 1951 Dictionary of Gardening Clarendon Press Oxford UKChung K-F Y Kono C-M Wang and C-I Peng 2008 Notes on Acemella (Asteraceae Heliantheae)

in Taiwan Botanical Studies 4973-82Churchward CM 1959 Tongan Dictionary Government Printing Press Nukursquoalofa TongaCoe RG and GJ Anderson 1999 Ethnobotany of the Sumu (Ulwa) of southeastern Nicaragua and

comparisons with Miskitu plant lore Econ Bot 53363-386Colon de Reguero L and SM Rodriguez de Santiago 1978 Tabla de Composicion de Alimentos de

Uso Corriente en Puerto Rico University of Puerto Rico San Juan Puerto RicoCorlett JL EA Dean and LE Grivetti 2003 Hmong gardens Botanical diversity in an urban

setting Econ Bot 57365-379Correcirca M Pio and Leonam de Azeredo Pena1926-1978 Dicionaacuterio das Plantas Uteis do Brasil e

das Exoticas Cultivadas Imprensa Nacional Rio de Janeiro BrazilCouncil of Scientific and Industrial Research 1952-1988 The Wealth of India A Dictionary of Indian

Raw Materials and Industrial Products Council of Scientific and Industrial Research New Delhi India

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 813

References

Cox PA and SA Banack 1991 Islands Plants and Polynesians An Introduction to Polynesian Ethnobotany Diocorides Press Portland Oregon USA

Craven T 1932 The New Royal Dictionary English into Hindustani and Hindustani into English Methodist Pub House Lucknow India

Cronquist A 1988 The Evolution and Classification of Flowering Plants New York Botanical Garden Bronx New York New York USA

Crosby AW Jr 1972 The Columbian Exchange Greenwood Press Westport ConnecticutCrystal D 2000 Language Death Cambridge University Press Cambridge UKDalziel JM 1937 The Useful Plants of Tropical Africa Crown Agents for Overseas Governments

London UKDeighton FC 1957 Vernacular Botanical Vocabulary for Sierra Leone Crown Agents for Overseas

Governments on behalf of the Government of Sierra Leone London UKde Koning J 1993 Checklist of Vernacular Plants in Mozambique Wageningen Agricultural

University Wageningen the Netherlandsde Larajasse E 1897 Somali-English and English-Somali Dictionary Kegan Paul Trench Truumlbner

amp Co London UKde Malherbe F 1862 Oeuvres Completes de Malherbe Recueillies et Aannotees par ML Lalanne

Hachette Paris Francede Winter WP and VB Amoroso (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 15(2)

Cryptograms Ferns and Fern Allies Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsDiamond JM 2005 Guns Germs and Steel The Fates of Human Societies WW Norton New

York New York USADobring M 2002 Lowerwendish-English and English-Lowerwendish Dictionary Published by the

author Port Huron Michigan USADoke CM DM Malcolm JMA Sikakana and BW Vilakazi 1990 English-Zulu Zulu-English

Dictionary Witwatersrand University Press Johannesburg South AfricaDransfield S and EW Widjaja (eds) 1995 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 7 Bamboos

Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsDrury H 1978 The Useful Plants of India with Notices of their Chief Value in Commerce Medicine

and the Arts International Book Distributors Dehradun IndiaDuke JA 1986 Isthmian Ethnobotanical Dictionary Scientific Publishers Jodhpur IndiaDupriez H and P De Leener 1989 African Gardens and Orchards Growing Vegetables and Fruits

Macmillan London UKElkins RE 1968 Manobo-English Dictionary Univ Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAErtuğ F 2000 An ethnobotanical study in Central Anatolia (Turkey) Econ Bot 54155-182Fargher DC B Stowell and I Faulds 1979 Fargherrsquos English-Manx dictionary Shearwater Press

Douglas Isle of Man Great BritainFisher A E Weiss E Mdala and S Tshabe English-Xhosa Dictionary Oxford University Press

Cape Town South AfricaFlach M and R Rumawas (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 9 Plants Yielding

Non-seed Carbohydrates Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsFoot EC 1913 Galla-English English-Galla Dictionary Cambridge University Press Cambridge

UKFranquemont C T Plowman E Franquemont S King C Niezgoda W Davis and C Sperling

1990 The ethnobotany of Chinchero an Andean community in southern Peru Fieldiana 241-126

Frantz DG and NJ Russell 1995 Blackfoot Dictionary of Stems Roots and Affixes University of Toronto Press Toronto Canada

Frawley W 2003 International Encyclopedia of Linguistics Oxford University Press Oxford UK

814 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Fritz D W Stolz F Venter J Weichmann and C Wonneberger 1989 Gemuumlsebau Eugen Ulmer Stuttgart Germany

Fyle CN and ED Jones 1980 A Krio-English Dictionary Oxford University Press Oxford UKGasparini A 1983 Sidamo-English Dictionary EMI Bologna ItalyGestwicki Ronald Rev and Mrs 1966 An English-Herero Herero-English Dictionary Anglican

Church Windhoek South West AfricaGoddard M 2007 English-Kurdish Kurdish-English Sorani Dictionary Wallenberg Press London

UKGoodwill J A Kotzeacute L Namaseb A Tjouṱuku E Kaura P Hasheela L Mbenzi D Nakare

H Nakare M Goraseb and V neEiases 1991 First School Dictionary for Namibia Oxford University Press Cape Town South Africa

Gordon RG Jr (ed) 2005 Ethnoloɠue Languages of the World 15th edition SIL International Dallas Texas USA

Gove PB (ed) 1971 Websterrsquos Third New International Dictionary G and C Merriam Springfield Massachusetts USA

Gragson TL 1997 The use of underground plant organs and its relation to habitat selection among the Pumeacute Indians of Venezuela Econ Bot 51377-384

Gunn GC 2003 First Globalization The Eurasian Exchange 1500-1800 Rowman amp Littlefield Oxford UK

Gurudeva MR 2001 Botanical and Vernacular Names of South Indian Plants Divyachandra Prakashana Bangalore India

Guzmann CC de and JS Siemonsma (eds) 1999 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 13 Spices Backhuys Publishers Leiden the Netherlands

Hannan M 1973 Standard Shona Dictionary Macmillan Johannesburg South AfricaHarlan JR 1975 Our vanishing genetic resources Science 188617-621Harrington JP 1928 Vocabulary of the Kiowa language Smithsonian Inst Bull 34 255 ppHeemkerk W 1987 Especies e Variedades de Feijoes em Mocambique National Institute of

Agricultural Research Maputo MozambiqueHill KC (ed) 1998 Hopi Dictionary University Arizon Press Tucson Arizona USAHoch E 1960 Bemba Pocket Dictionary Kipalapala Tanganyika TanzaniaHockings P and C Pilot-Raichoor 1992 A Badaga-English Dictionary Mouton de Gruyter Berlin

GermanyHung L H Huang and H-F Yen (eds) 1992 The Nomenclarture of Vegetable Crops National

Taiwan University Taipei Republic of ChinaHuxley A (ed) 1992 Dictionary of Gardening Macmillian London UKIndian Council of Agricultural Research 1961 Handbook of Agriculture ICAR New DelhiIvens WG 1998 Bugotu-English English-Bugotu Concise Dictionary Hippocrene Books New

York New York USAJackson FH and JC Marck 1991 Carolinian-English Dictionary University Hawaii Press

Honolulu Hawaii USAJaeger P P Lunven and M Pinta 1965 Plantes Alimentaires de LrsquoOuest Africain Eacutetude Botanique

Biologique et Chimaque M Leconte Marseille FranceJansen RK 1985 The systematics of Acemlla (Asteraceae-Heliantheae) Syst Bot Monogr 81-115Jayaweera DMA 1981 Medical Plants (Indigenous and Exotic) Used in Ceylon National Science

Council of Sri Lanka Colombo Sri LankaJeeni CE 2001 Hindi-English-Mizo Dictionary Vani Prakasana New Delhi IndiaJerome S W Caxton W de Worde and R Curzon 1495 Vitas patrum Wynkyn de Worde

Westmynstre UKJha Govinda 1999 Kalyani Kosh (A Maithili-English Dictionary) Maharajadhiraja Kamesvara

Simha Kalyani Phaundesana Darabhanga India

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 815

References

Johnstone TM 1977 Harsūsi Lexicon and English-Harsūsi Word-List Oxford University Press London UK

Johnstone TM 1987 Mehri Lexicon and English-Mehri Word-List School of Oriental and African Languages University of London London UK

Jones SB Jr and AE Luchsinger 1986 Plant Systematics McGraw-Hill New York New York USA

Joslashrgensen H 1936 A Dictionary of the Classical Newārī Kevin amp Munksgaard CopenhagenKabithe DW 1980 Afrikan Language Dictionary Swahili-English English-Swahili Understanding

International Toledo Ohio USAKachroo P (ed) 1970 Pulse Crops of India Indian Council of Agri Res New Delhi IndiaKane TL 1990 Amharic-English Dictionary Harrassowitz Wiesbaden GermanyKays SJ and SF Nottingham 2007 Biology and Chemistry of Jerusalem Artichoke (Helianthus

tuberosus L) Taylor and Francis Boca Raton Florida USAKays SJ and JC Silva Dias 1996 Cultivated Vegetables of the World Latin Binomial Common

Name in 15 Languages Edible Part and Method of Preparation Exon Press Athens Georgia USA

Koenon E von 2001 Medicinal Poisonous and Edible Plants in Namibia Klaus Hess Publishers Windhoek Namibia

Kohen E and D Kohen-Gordon 2000 Ladino-English English-Ladino Concise Encyclopedia Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Kroll S and D Zahirović 1998 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary and Phrasebook Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Lamberts M 1992 Production trends for specialty Asian vegetables in Dade County Florida Acta Hort 31879-85

Lemmens RHMJ and N Bunyapraphatsara (eds) 2003 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 12(3) Medicinal and Poisonous Plants Backhuys Publishers Leiden the Netherlands

Leslau W 1963 Etymological Dictionary for Harari University of California Press Berkeley California USA

Leslau W 1976 Concise Amharic Dictionary University of California Press Berkeley California USA

Levang P and H de Foresta 1991 Economic Plants of Indonesia Orstom Bogor IndonesiaLinneacute Carl von 1753 Caroli Linnaeligi Species plantarum exhibentes plantas rite cognitas ad genera

relatas cum differentiis specificis nominibus trivialibus synonymis selectis locis natalibus secundum systema sexuale digestas Impensis Laurentii Salvii Holmiaelig (Stockholm Sweden)

Lorenzi H 1991 Plantas Daninhas do Brasil Terrestres Aquaacuteticas Parasitas Toacutexicase Medicinais 2nd ed Plantarum Press Nova Odessa Brazil

Luomala K 1953 Ethnobotany of the Gilbert Islands Bishop Museum Bul 213 129pMacPhail RM 1984 Campbellrsquos English-Santali Dictionary Eastern Books Calcutta IndiaMalherbe F de 1862 Oeuvres completes de Malherbe recueillies et aannotees par ML Lalanne

Hachette Paris FranceMamedov S 1995 Azerbaijani English-Azerbaijani Azerbaijani-English Hippocrene Books New

York New York USAMan Ssu-ch‛ien 1958 English-Hakka Dictionary Qi Guang Chubanshe Hong KongManner A 1983 Tulu-English Dictionary Asian Educational Services New Delhi IndiaMaracle DK 1992 One Thousand Useful Mohawk Words Audio-Forum Guilford Connecticut

USAMarijana Kiš 1996 Dijalektnata leksika od oblasta na rastitelniot svet Institut za Makedonski Jazik

ldquoKrste Misirkovrdquo Skopje MacedoniaMartin JB and MM Mauldin 2000 A Dictionary of CreekMuskogee University of Nebraska

Press Lincoln Nebraska USA

816 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Martineau L 1992 The Southern Paiutes Legends Lore Language and Lineage KC Publications Las Vegas Nevada USA

McNeill J FR Barrie HM Burdet V Demoulin DL Hawksworth K Marhold DH Nicolson J Prado PC Silva JE Skog and JH Wiersema (eds) 2005 International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code) adopted by the seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna Austria ARG Ganter Koumlnigstein Germany

Mertz O AM Lykke and A Reenberg 2001 Importance and seasonality of vegetable consumption and marketing in Burkina Faso Econ Bot 55276-289

Milner GB 1993 Samoan Dictionary Polynesian Press Aotearoa New ZealandMintz MW 1971 Bikol Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAMochari M (ed) 1985 Bodo-English Dictionary The Bodo Catholic Youth Association Bengtol

Kakrajhar Assam IndiaMolina FS H Valenzuela and DL Shaul 1999 Yoeme-English English-Yoeme Standard

Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA Motus C 1971 Hiligaynon Dictionary Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAMunro P and C Willmond 1994 Chickasaw An Analytical Dictionary University Oklahoma Press

Norman OklahomaNewman S 1958 Zuni Dictionary Intern J Amer Linguistics 24117pNiang M 1997 Pulaar-English English-Pulaar Hippocrene Books New York New York USANichols J and A Vagapov 2004 Chechen-English and English-Chechen Dictionary

RoutledgeCurzon New York New York USANguyen MLT 2005 Bạc hagrave (Colocasia gigantean [Blume] Hook f) in the culinary history of

Vietnamese-Americans Econ Bot 59185-196Oideachais AR 1978 Ainmneacha Plandai Agus Ainmhithe Baile Atha Cliath Oifig an tSolathair

IrelandOideachais AR 1978 Focloir Talmhaiochta An Gum Baile Atha Cliath IrelandOumlztopccedilu K Z Abuov N Kambarov and Y Azemoun 1996 Dictionary of the Turkic Languages

Routledge New York New York USAParham BEV 1957 Some Samoan plant names Laufasi Ola Dept Agri Circ 2(5 and 7) Apia

SamoaParham BEV 1958 Some Samoan plant names Laufasi Ola Dept Agri Circ 3(5 8 and 11)

Apia SamoaParham BEV 1972 Plants of Samoa New Zealand Dept Scientific and Industrial Res Wellington

New ZealandParker EM and RJ Hayward 1985 An Afar-English-French Dictionary School of Oriental and

African Studies University of London London UKParker SP 1989 McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Terms McGraw-Hill New

York New York USAParrotta JA 2001 Healing Plants of Peninsular India CABI Publishing New York New York

USAPassy AM 1999 Sephardic Folk Dictionary English to Ladino Ladino to English Published by

the author Los Angeles California USAPereira C and FV Agarez 1980 Botacircnica Taxonomia e Organografia das Angiospermas

Interamericana Rio de Janeiro BrazilPhone W 2007 Dictionary of Jicarilla Apache University of New Mexico Press Albuquerque New

Mexico USAPikia M 2006 African Traditional Plant Knowledge Today Lit Verlag Berlin GermanyPlants of the Philippines Work Group 1996 Plants of the Philippines Island Pub House ManilaPulte W (ed) 1975 Cherokee-English Dictionary Cherokee Nation of Oklahoma Tahlequah

Oklahoma USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 817

References

Ramser J K Weising C Lopez-Peralta W Terhalle R Terauchi and G Kahl 1997 Molecular marker based taxonomy and phylogeny of Guinea yam (Dioscorea rotundata ndash D cayenensis) Genome 40903-915

Rand ST 1888 Dictionary of the Language of the Micmac Indians Nova Scotia Printing Halifax Nova Scotia Canada

Raven PH RF Evert and SE Eichhorn 1992 Biology of Plants Worth New York New York USA

Reh M 1999 Anywa-English and English-Anywa Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlag Koumlln Germany

Reid LA (ed) 1971 Philippine Minor Languages Word Lists and Phonologies University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Reitz R 1972 Flora Ilustrada Catarinense Herbaacuterio Barbosa Rodrigues Itajaiacute Santa Catarina Brazil

Robinson LW and J Armagost 1990 Comanche Dictionary and Grammar The Summer Institute of Lingustics Dallas Texas USA

Ross D and GD Smith 1998 Scots-English English-Scots Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Royal Society Great Britain 1790 Ancient Cookery Society of Antiquaries of LondonCollection of ordinances and regulations for the government of the Royal Household London England

Rubino CRG 2000 Ilocano-English Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Rytz O (ed) 1960 Gonja-English Dictionary and Spelling Book 1960 Institute of African Studies University of Ghana Legon Ghana

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr and K Semrau 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 1 Allphabetisches Verzeichnis [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 1 Alphabetical List] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr K Semrau H Voigt and G Voll 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 2 100 Gemuumlsearten in 50 Sprachen [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 2 100 Vegetable Species 50 Languages] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Salaman RN 1940 Why ldquoJerusalemrdquo artichoke Royal Hort Soc LXVI338-348 376-383Saacutenchez-Monge y Parellada E 1981 Diccionario de Plantas Agricolas Ministry of Agriculture

Sercicio de Publ Agrarias Madrid SpainSapir E 1930 Southern Paiute a Shoshonean language Proceedings of the American Academy of

Arts and Sciences 651-296Schuh RG 1981 Dictionary of Ngizim University of California Press Berkeley California USASetchell WA 1924 American Samoa Carnegie Inst Pub 341 Washington DC USASeymour ELO 1990 The Wise Garden Encyclopedia Harper Collins New York New York USASiemonsma JS and K Piluek (eds) 1993 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 8 Vegetables

Pudoc Scientific Publishers Leiden the NetherlandsSimpson JA and Weiner ESC 1989 The Oxford English Dictionary 20 vols Claredon Press

Oxford UKSkinner N 1996 Hausa Comparative Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlan Koumlln GermanySlavov A 1999 Gypsy-English English-Gypsy Concise Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USASmith HH 1933 Ethnobotany of the Forest Potawatomi Indians Bull Pub Museum of the City of

Milwaukee Milwaukee Wisconsin USASoukup J 1980 Vocabulario de los nombres vulgares de la Flora Peruana y Cataacutelogo de los Geacuteneros

Editorial Salesiana Segunda Edicioacuten Lima Peru

818 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Soule J 1985 Glossary for Horticultural Crops John Wiley amp Sons New York New York USASperlich WB (ed) 1997 Tohi Vagahau Niue Niue Language Dictionary Government Press NiueSpring RK 2002 Balti-English English-Balti Dictionary RoutledgeCurzon New York New York

USASprinkle R 1976 Zhonggou Min nan yu Ying yu zi dian (Amoy-English Dictionary) Maryknoll

Fathers Taichung TaiwanStevels JMC 1990 Leacutegumes Traditionnels du Cameroun une Ecirctude Agro-botanique Wageningen

Agricultural University Papers Wageningen the NetherlandsStone G 2002 Upper Sorbian-English Dictionary Domowina Verlag GmbH Bautzen GermanyStroslashmme E (ed) 1993 Navn paring groslashnnsaker og krydderplanter Norsk plantenomenklaturraringd for

hagebruk FaginfoStatens fagtjeneste for landbruket Arings NorwaySubhadrabandhu S 1999 Ethnomedical uses of common plants in Thailand Chronica Horticulturae

39(1)7-9Svenson HK 1939 Monographic studies in the genus Eleocharis ndash V Rhodora 411-19Tanaka Y 1976 Tanakarsquos Cyclopedia of Edible Plants of the World Sasuke Nakao (ed) Keigaku

Pub Co Tokyo JapanTaylor FW 1995 Fulani-English Hippocrene Books New York New York USATerpstra G 1968 English-Tiv Dictionary Institute for African Studies University of Ibadan Ibadan

NigeriaTerrell E SR Hill JH Wiersema and WE Rice 1986 A Check List of Names for 3000 Vascular

Plants of Economic Importance United States Department of Agriculture Agricultural Handbook 505 Washington DC USA

Thibert A 1997 Eskimo-English English-Eskimo Dictionary AES + Laurier Pub Ottawa CanadaThomson DS 1994 The New English-Gaelic Dictionary GAIEM Glasgow Scotland UKTominaga T 1992 Fruits and vegetables in markets in Bintulu Sarawak Malaysia J Fac Agric

Shinshu University 29(2)137-147Torikashvili JJ 1992 Georgian-English English-Georgian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New

York New York USATovar O 1990 Tipos de Vegetacioacuten Diversidad Floristica y Estado de Conservacioacuten de la Cuenca

del Mantaro Centro de Datos para la Conservacioacuten Univ Nac Agraria La Molina Lima PeruUzicani NS 1995 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USA Van der Maesen LJG and S Somaatmadja (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No

1 Pulses Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVan Warmelo NJ 1989 Venda Dictionary Tsguvenḓa-English JL van Schaik Pretoria South

AfricaVan Wyk B-E 2005 Food Plants of the World Timber Press Portland Oregon USAVavilov NI 1992 Origin and Geography of Cultivated Plants Cambridge University Press

Cambridge UKVerheij EWM and RE Coronel (eds) 1991 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 2 Edible

Fruits and Nuts Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVestal PA and RE Schultes 1939 The Economic Botany of the Kiowa Indians Botanical Museum

Cambridge Massachusetts USAWells JC 2010 Orthographic diacritics and multilingual computing lthttpwwwphon uclacuk

homewellsdiadiacritics-revisedhtmgtWhistler WA 1991 Polynesian plant introductions pp 41-66 In Islands Plants and Polynesians

An Introduction to Polynesian Ethnobotany PA Cox and SA Banack (eds) Dioscorides Press Portland Oregon USA

Whistler WA 1991 The Ethnobotany of Tonga The Plants Their Tongan Names and Their Uses Bishop Museum Botany Bull 2 Bishop Museum Honolulu Hawaii USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 819

References

Wilder GP 1931 Flora of Rarotonga Bishop Museum Bull 86 Honolulu Hawaii USAWilliamson K 1993 Linguistic evidence for the use of some tree and tuber food plants in Southern

Nigeria pp 150-51 In Shaw T P Sinclair B Andah and A Okpoka The Archaeology of Africa Food Metals and Towns London UK

Williamson J 1960 Useful Plants of Malawi Government Printers Zomba MalawiWilliamson JP 1992 An English-Dakota Dictionary Minnesota Historical Soc Press St Paul

Minnesota USAWilson PM nd English-Swahili East African Literature Bureau Nairobi KenyaYuncker TG 1943 The Flora of Niue Island Bishop Museum Bull 178 Honolulu Hawaii USAYang Yigeng Lianci Liu Xuequn Chen Cailin Chen Guangfan Zhou and Keli Niao 1988

Classificational research for vegetables in mustard (Brassica juncea Coss) pp 342-347 In International Symposium on Horticultural Germplasm Cultivated and Wild Part II vegetables International Academic Publishers Beijing China

Yawalkar KS 1965 Vegetable Crops of India Agri-Horticultural Pub House Nagpur IndiaYoung RW and W Morgan 1980 The Navajo Language University of New Mexico Press

Albuquerque New Mexico USAYuncker TG 1945 Plants of the Manua Islands Bishop Museum Bull 184 Honolulu HawaiiYuncker TG 1959 Plants of Tonga Bishop Museum Bull 220 Honolulu Hawaii USAZohary D and M Hopf 2000 Domestication of Plants in the Old World Oxford University Press

Oxford UK

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 821

Appendices

Appendix I DiacriticsEnglish is one of the few languages that utilizes the standard 26 letters of the Latin alphabet Many other Latin alphabet-based languages supplement the sounds that can be represented by the letters using diacritics (eg aacute atilde acirc auml aring ā ă ą ȁ ȧ ạ ả a ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ) (Wells 2010) Diacritics used in the text are listed below however their effect on pronunciation is not consistent across languages As a consequence it is best to consult an explanation of the use of diacritics for each language

Acute accents (eg aacute ǽ ć eacute iacute oacute ĺ ń ŕ ś uacute z) have a wide range of applications depending upon the language For example in certain languages (eg Lakota Portuguese Spanish) they represent stressed vowels In certain other languages they indicate a long vowel (eg Czech Hungarian Irish) and in Polish palatalization In some African languages an acute accent over a vowel typically indicates a rising tone while over d k or t in Senegalese languages it hardens and shortens the letter A double acute (eg ő ű) is primarily used in Hungarian and acts as a combination of an acute and a diaeresis giving a longer sound to the respective letters

A grave accent (eg agrave egrave igrave ograve ugrave y) like an acute accent has various effects on pronunciation depending upon the language In French a grave accent indicates a half-open vowel in Italian and Catalan it is a stressed vowel in Scottish Gaelic a long vowel and in Vietnamese it denotes a low tone In a number of the African languages listed a grave accent over a vowel denotes a falling tone

In certain African languages a double grave accent (eg ȁ ȅ ȉ ȍ ȑ ȕ) over a vowel indicates a deeper falling tone when following a syllable already under a falling tone Likewise in Serbian Croatian and Slovenian a double grave accent indicates a falling tone

A circumflex accent (eg acirc ecirc icirc ocirc ucirc ŵ y) in Welsh denotes a long vowel including ŵ and y which are also vowels In Chichewa ŵ is a bilabial fricative while in Portuguese acirc ecirc icirc and ocirc are nasalized vowels In Turkish a circumflex appears over an a or u when a preceding consonant (eg k g l) is pronounced as a palatal plosive while in certain African languages a circumflex accent over a vowel indicates a rising tone In Potawatomi ecirc is pronounced as in the English word bet icirc as in bit and ucirc as in luck (Smith 1933) while in Kiowa the circumflex (icirc t) indicates a combination of an acute and a grave accent

A inverted circumflex also known as a hachek (eg č ě š ž) is represented by a relatively sharp wedge over the letter In Czech Slovak Croation Slovene and certain other languages š and ž indicate palato-alveolar fricatives In Amharic the grapheme č denotes the voiceless postalveolar affricate consonant similar to ch in the English word chocolate ğ signals [dʒ] and š signals [ʃ] In Czech č is a voiceless affricate while a hachek over an e indicates palatalization of the preceding consonant In several of the African languages listed a hachek over a consonant indicates a hardened aspiration a fricative or sibilant however when over a vowel it denotes a falling tone in the Nigerian languages

The breve (eg ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ) differs from the hachek in that it is more rounded In several languages it denotes the shortness of a vowel For example in Romanian ă indicates a mid central vowel In several of the African languages the presence of a breve over a vowel shortens it

A macron over a vowel (eg ā ē ī ō ū) indicates a long vowel in Maori Hawaiian and Latvian while in Yoruba it indicates a mid tone In certain African languages a macron lengthens a vowel though more commonly the vowel is doubled to show length In Pinyin ā ē ī ō ū ǖ are used to indicate the

822 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

first tone of Mandarin Chinese In contrast a macron under a vowel (eg a e i o u) in several of the African languages indicates a low level pitch

An overdot (eg ȧ ḃ ċ ḋ ė ḟ ġ ḣ ṁ ṅ ȯ ṗ ṙ ṡ ṫ ẇ ẋ ẏ ż) when used as a diacritic (in contrast to the letters i and j where the dot over the letter is a nondistinctive mark) has several functions In Lithuanian ė stands for a half closed vowel In Maltese ċ is a voiceless postalveolar affricate while in Lakota it is sometimes used to indicate an explosive stop In some of the African languages ṅ indicates ng as in the English sing

A dot under a letter (eg ạ ḅ ḍ ẹ ḥ ḳ ḷ ṃ ṇ ọ ṛ s ṭ ụ ṿ ẉ ẓ) in Vietnamese indicates a low glottal tone when under a vowel In Igbo it indicates a reduction of the height of the vowel while in Yoruba when used under a consonant an underdot indicates a sibilant sound as in s = sh In several of the African languages a dot under a vowel makes it more open

A diaeresis or trema is created using two dots over the letter (eg auml euml iuml ouml uuml) When placed over one of two adjacent vowels a diaeresis indicates the vowels are sounded separately (ie split into two syllables rather than pronounced as a digraph) A variation of this is the German umlaut where auml ouml and uuml represent front vowels This changes the sound as in auml = ae

A tilde is written over a letter (eg atilde ĩ ntilde otilde ũ) to indicate a change in pronunciation In Spanish Basque Filipino Galacian Guarani and certain other languages it represents a palatal nasal consonant In other letters a tilde indicates nasalization of the base vowel in Portuguese and Guarani In Estonian otilde stands for a close-mid back unrounded vowel in Guarani g stands for the nasalized upper central rounded vowel and in Vietnamese a tilde over a vowel represents a dipping tone

A ring over a letter (eg aring ů w y) especially the letter a is a distinctive feature in Danish Norwegian and Swedish The letter ů is used in Czech where it has the same pronunciation as uacute but changes to a short o in declension A ring under a letter (eg ḁ) may also be used in certain Indo-European languages to indicate syllabicity

A hook (eg ả ẻ ỉ ỏ ủ ỷ) appears as a small question mark placed on the top of vowels in the Vietnamese language causing them to be pronounced with a falling then rising tone

A stroke (eg oslash) also called a slash is a diacritic that is placed through the letters o in Danish and Norwegian creating a half-close front rounded vowel A velarized l (eg ł) in Polish is pronounced as w

A bar (eg đ ħ ŧ) is a diacritic the effect of which varies with the language in question The Croatian letter đ represents a palatalized d which can also be written as the digraph dj (Wells 2010) In the Vietnamese alphabet however đ stands for [d] while in Saacutemi đ and ŧ are fricatives In Maltese ħ represents a voiceless pharyngeal fricative

The horn (eg ơ ư) is a Vietnamese diacritic that creates unrounded variants of each vowel and are considered as separate letters from o and u

A cedilla (eg ccedil ş) originated from Spanish and is represented by a miniature curved structure at the base of the letters c and s With ccedil it represents a soft sound s rather than a hard sound k before a o u or at the end of a word in Basque Catalan French and Portuguese However in Albanian Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ccedil represents a voiceless affricate In Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ş represents a voiceless postalveolar fricative ʃ

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 823

Appendices

A comma at the base of a letter (ķ ļ ņ ŗ ţ) is used as a diacritic in several languages (eg Latvian Romanian) and represents various soft consonants With the letter g the comma is reversed and placed out of necessity over the lower case letter (ģ)

A tail or ogonek (eg ą ę į ų) is used in several eastern European languages In Polish ą and ę denote nasalized vowels In Lithuanian the tail simply means a long vowel In transcriptions of Navajo Kiowa and certain other Amerindian languages the diacritic is used to indicate nasalization (Harrington 1928)

A dot (eg ạ ẹ ị ọ ụ ỵ) in Vietnamese indicates a low tone and glottalized or tense voice while in Yoruba ạ and ẹ denote a half-open vowel A dotted s represents a palatoalveolar fricative ʃ A dot is also sometimes used in Romanization of languages using non-Latin alphabets For example several languages from Southeast Asia use a dot under d n s and t to represent retroflex consonants while under d s or t in the Romanization of Arabic it represents an emphatic consonant

An apostrophe (rsquo) has an exceptionally wide range of uses as a diacritic In Hausa it indicates a glottalisation of the following consonant or when between two vowels a glottal stop In the Romanization of Mandarin Chinese it marks aspiration of the preceding consonant sound as in tsrsquoecirc where tsrsquo is aspirated In English it denotes possessive as in the common name giant elephantrsquos ear (Colocasia gigantea (Blume) Hook f) In Swahili when placed after ng (ngrsquo) the g is silent as in the English word singer while in Italian it is occasionally used for a grave accent after a final vowel In some languages (eg Guarani Hawaiian Samoan Tahitian Tongan) and transliterations the apostrophe is used to indicate a glottal stop Likewise it may indicate the presence or lack of palatalization in Belarusian Russian and Ukrainian depending upon where it is used In Southern Paiute -krsquow indicates the w is unvoiced at the end of the word With -ngrsquow the w at the end of the word is unvoiced (Martineau 1992) In some languages an apostrophe is used to separate the root word from its affixes especially if the root word is foreign and unassimilated

The effect of two diacritics on a single letter (eg ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ ế ề ể ễ ệ ǖ ǘ ǚ ǜ) varies with the language in question In Vietnamese one may relate to the vowel quality and the other to the tone

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 813

References

Cox PA and SA Banack 1991 Islands Plants and Polynesians An Introduction to Polynesian Ethnobotany Diocorides Press Portland Oregon USA

Craven T 1932 The New Royal Dictionary English into Hindustani and Hindustani into English Methodist Pub House Lucknow India

Cronquist A 1988 The Evolution and Classification of Flowering Plants New York Botanical Garden Bronx New York New York USA

Crosby AW Jr 1972 The Columbian Exchange Greenwood Press Westport ConnecticutCrystal D 2000 Language Death Cambridge University Press Cambridge UKDalziel JM 1937 The Useful Plants of Tropical Africa Crown Agents for Overseas Governments

London UKDeighton FC 1957 Vernacular Botanical Vocabulary for Sierra Leone Crown Agents for Overseas

Governments on behalf of the Government of Sierra Leone London UKde Koning J 1993 Checklist of Vernacular Plants in Mozambique Wageningen Agricultural

University Wageningen the Netherlandsde Larajasse E 1897 Somali-English and English-Somali Dictionary Kegan Paul Trench Truumlbner

amp Co London UKde Malherbe F 1862 Oeuvres Completes de Malherbe Recueillies et Aannotees par ML Lalanne

Hachette Paris Francede Winter WP and VB Amoroso (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 15(2)

Cryptograms Ferns and Fern Allies Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsDiamond JM 2005 Guns Germs and Steel The Fates of Human Societies WW Norton New

York New York USADobring M 2002 Lowerwendish-English and English-Lowerwendish Dictionary Published by the

author Port Huron Michigan USADoke CM DM Malcolm JMA Sikakana and BW Vilakazi 1990 English-Zulu Zulu-English

Dictionary Witwatersrand University Press Johannesburg South AfricaDransfield S and EW Widjaja (eds) 1995 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 7 Bamboos

Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsDrury H 1978 The Useful Plants of India with Notices of their Chief Value in Commerce Medicine

and the Arts International Book Distributors Dehradun IndiaDuke JA 1986 Isthmian Ethnobotanical Dictionary Scientific Publishers Jodhpur IndiaDupriez H and P De Leener 1989 African Gardens and Orchards Growing Vegetables and Fruits

Macmillan London UKElkins RE 1968 Manobo-English Dictionary Univ Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAErtuğ F 2000 An ethnobotanical study in Central Anatolia (Turkey) Econ Bot 54155-182Fargher DC B Stowell and I Faulds 1979 Fargherrsquos English-Manx dictionary Shearwater Press

Douglas Isle of Man Great BritainFisher A E Weiss E Mdala and S Tshabe English-Xhosa Dictionary Oxford University Press

Cape Town South AfricaFlach M and R Rumawas (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 9 Plants Yielding

Non-seed Carbohydrates Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsFoot EC 1913 Galla-English English-Galla Dictionary Cambridge University Press Cambridge

UKFranquemont C T Plowman E Franquemont S King C Niezgoda W Davis and C Sperling

1990 The ethnobotany of Chinchero an Andean community in southern Peru Fieldiana 241-126

Frantz DG and NJ Russell 1995 Blackfoot Dictionary of Stems Roots and Affixes University of Toronto Press Toronto Canada

Frawley W 2003 International Encyclopedia of Linguistics Oxford University Press Oxford UK

814 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Fritz D W Stolz F Venter J Weichmann and C Wonneberger 1989 Gemuumlsebau Eugen Ulmer Stuttgart Germany

Fyle CN and ED Jones 1980 A Krio-English Dictionary Oxford University Press Oxford UKGasparini A 1983 Sidamo-English Dictionary EMI Bologna ItalyGestwicki Ronald Rev and Mrs 1966 An English-Herero Herero-English Dictionary Anglican

Church Windhoek South West AfricaGoddard M 2007 English-Kurdish Kurdish-English Sorani Dictionary Wallenberg Press London

UKGoodwill J A Kotzeacute L Namaseb A Tjouṱuku E Kaura P Hasheela L Mbenzi D Nakare

H Nakare M Goraseb and V neEiases 1991 First School Dictionary for Namibia Oxford University Press Cape Town South Africa

Gordon RG Jr (ed) 2005 Ethnoloɠue Languages of the World 15th edition SIL International Dallas Texas USA

Gove PB (ed) 1971 Websterrsquos Third New International Dictionary G and C Merriam Springfield Massachusetts USA

Gragson TL 1997 The use of underground plant organs and its relation to habitat selection among the Pumeacute Indians of Venezuela Econ Bot 51377-384

Gunn GC 2003 First Globalization The Eurasian Exchange 1500-1800 Rowman amp Littlefield Oxford UK

Gurudeva MR 2001 Botanical and Vernacular Names of South Indian Plants Divyachandra Prakashana Bangalore India

Guzmann CC de and JS Siemonsma (eds) 1999 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 13 Spices Backhuys Publishers Leiden the Netherlands

Hannan M 1973 Standard Shona Dictionary Macmillan Johannesburg South AfricaHarlan JR 1975 Our vanishing genetic resources Science 188617-621Harrington JP 1928 Vocabulary of the Kiowa language Smithsonian Inst Bull 34 255 ppHeemkerk W 1987 Especies e Variedades de Feijoes em Mocambique National Institute of

Agricultural Research Maputo MozambiqueHill KC (ed) 1998 Hopi Dictionary University Arizon Press Tucson Arizona USAHoch E 1960 Bemba Pocket Dictionary Kipalapala Tanganyika TanzaniaHockings P and C Pilot-Raichoor 1992 A Badaga-English Dictionary Mouton de Gruyter Berlin

GermanyHung L H Huang and H-F Yen (eds) 1992 The Nomenclarture of Vegetable Crops National

Taiwan University Taipei Republic of ChinaHuxley A (ed) 1992 Dictionary of Gardening Macmillian London UKIndian Council of Agricultural Research 1961 Handbook of Agriculture ICAR New DelhiIvens WG 1998 Bugotu-English English-Bugotu Concise Dictionary Hippocrene Books New

York New York USAJackson FH and JC Marck 1991 Carolinian-English Dictionary University Hawaii Press

Honolulu Hawaii USAJaeger P P Lunven and M Pinta 1965 Plantes Alimentaires de LrsquoOuest Africain Eacutetude Botanique

Biologique et Chimaque M Leconte Marseille FranceJansen RK 1985 The systematics of Acemlla (Asteraceae-Heliantheae) Syst Bot Monogr 81-115Jayaweera DMA 1981 Medical Plants (Indigenous and Exotic) Used in Ceylon National Science

Council of Sri Lanka Colombo Sri LankaJeeni CE 2001 Hindi-English-Mizo Dictionary Vani Prakasana New Delhi IndiaJerome S W Caxton W de Worde and R Curzon 1495 Vitas patrum Wynkyn de Worde

Westmynstre UKJha Govinda 1999 Kalyani Kosh (A Maithili-English Dictionary) Maharajadhiraja Kamesvara

Simha Kalyani Phaundesana Darabhanga India

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 815

References

Johnstone TM 1977 Harsūsi Lexicon and English-Harsūsi Word-List Oxford University Press London UK

Johnstone TM 1987 Mehri Lexicon and English-Mehri Word-List School of Oriental and African Languages University of London London UK

Jones SB Jr and AE Luchsinger 1986 Plant Systematics McGraw-Hill New York New York USA

Joslashrgensen H 1936 A Dictionary of the Classical Newārī Kevin amp Munksgaard CopenhagenKabithe DW 1980 Afrikan Language Dictionary Swahili-English English-Swahili Understanding

International Toledo Ohio USAKachroo P (ed) 1970 Pulse Crops of India Indian Council of Agri Res New Delhi IndiaKane TL 1990 Amharic-English Dictionary Harrassowitz Wiesbaden GermanyKays SJ and SF Nottingham 2007 Biology and Chemistry of Jerusalem Artichoke (Helianthus

tuberosus L) Taylor and Francis Boca Raton Florida USAKays SJ and JC Silva Dias 1996 Cultivated Vegetables of the World Latin Binomial Common

Name in 15 Languages Edible Part and Method of Preparation Exon Press Athens Georgia USA

Koenon E von 2001 Medicinal Poisonous and Edible Plants in Namibia Klaus Hess Publishers Windhoek Namibia

Kohen E and D Kohen-Gordon 2000 Ladino-English English-Ladino Concise Encyclopedia Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Kroll S and D Zahirović 1998 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary and Phrasebook Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Lamberts M 1992 Production trends for specialty Asian vegetables in Dade County Florida Acta Hort 31879-85

Lemmens RHMJ and N Bunyapraphatsara (eds) 2003 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 12(3) Medicinal and Poisonous Plants Backhuys Publishers Leiden the Netherlands

Leslau W 1963 Etymological Dictionary for Harari University of California Press Berkeley California USA

Leslau W 1976 Concise Amharic Dictionary University of California Press Berkeley California USA

Levang P and H de Foresta 1991 Economic Plants of Indonesia Orstom Bogor IndonesiaLinneacute Carl von 1753 Caroli Linnaeligi Species plantarum exhibentes plantas rite cognitas ad genera

relatas cum differentiis specificis nominibus trivialibus synonymis selectis locis natalibus secundum systema sexuale digestas Impensis Laurentii Salvii Holmiaelig (Stockholm Sweden)

Lorenzi H 1991 Plantas Daninhas do Brasil Terrestres Aquaacuteticas Parasitas Toacutexicase Medicinais 2nd ed Plantarum Press Nova Odessa Brazil

Luomala K 1953 Ethnobotany of the Gilbert Islands Bishop Museum Bul 213 129pMacPhail RM 1984 Campbellrsquos English-Santali Dictionary Eastern Books Calcutta IndiaMalherbe F de 1862 Oeuvres completes de Malherbe recueillies et aannotees par ML Lalanne

Hachette Paris FranceMamedov S 1995 Azerbaijani English-Azerbaijani Azerbaijani-English Hippocrene Books New

York New York USAMan Ssu-ch‛ien 1958 English-Hakka Dictionary Qi Guang Chubanshe Hong KongManner A 1983 Tulu-English Dictionary Asian Educational Services New Delhi IndiaMaracle DK 1992 One Thousand Useful Mohawk Words Audio-Forum Guilford Connecticut

USAMarijana Kiš 1996 Dijalektnata leksika od oblasta na rastitelniot svet Institut za Makedonski Jazik

ldquoKrste Misirkovrdquo Skopje MacedoniaMartin JB and MM Mauldin 2000 A Dictionary of CreekMuskogee University of Nebraska

Press Lincoln Nebraska USA

816 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Martineau L 1992 The Southern Paiutes Legends Lore Language and Lineage KC Publications Las Vegas Nevada USA

McNeill J FR Barrie HM Burdet V Demoulin DL Hawksworth K Marhold DH Nicolson J Prado PC Silva JE Skog and JH Wiersema (eds) 2005 International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code) adopted by the seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna Austria ARG Ganter Koumlnigstein Germany

Mertz O AM Lykke and A Reenberg 2001 Importance and seasonality of vegetable consumption and marketing in Burkina Faso Econ Bot 55276-289

Milner GB 1993 Samoan Dictionary Polynesian Press Aotearoa New ZealandMintz MW 1971 Bikol Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAMochari M (ed) 1985 Bodo-English Dictionary The Bodo Catholic Youth Association Bengtol

Kakrajhar Assam IndiaMolina FS H Valenzuela and DL Shaul 1999 Yoeme-English English-Yoeme Standard

Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA Motus C 1971 Hiligaynon Dictionary Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAMunro P and C Willmond 1994 Chickasaw An Analytical Dictionary University Oklahoma Press

Norman OklahomaNewman S 1958 Zuni Dictionary Intern J Amer Linguistics 24117pNiang M 1997 Pulaar-English English-Pulaar Hippocrene Books New York New York USANichols J and A Vagapov 2004 Chechen-English and English-Chechen Dictionary

RoutledgeCurzon New York New York USANguyen MLT 2005 Bạc hagrave (Colocasia gigantean [Blume] Hook f) in the culinary history of

Vietnamese-Americans Econ Bot 59185-196Oideachais AR 1978 Ainmneacha Plandai Agus Ainmhithe Baile Atha Cliath Oifig an tSolathair

IrelandOideachais AR 1978 Focloir Talmhaiochta An Gum Baile Atha Cliath IrelandOumlztopccedilu K Z Abuov N Kambarov and Y Azemoun 1996 Dictionary of the Turkic Languages

Routledge New York New York USAParham BEV 1957 Some Samoan plant names Laufasi Ola Dept Agri Circ 2(5 and 7) Apia

SamoaParham BEV 1958 Some Samoan plant names Laufasi Ola Dept Agri Circ 3(5 8 and 11)

Apia SamoaParham BEV 1972 Plants of Samoa New Zealand Dept Scientific and Industrial Res Wellington

New ZealandParker EM and RJ Hayward 1985 An Afar-English-French Dictionary School of Oriental and

African Studies University of London London UKParker SP 1989 McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Terms McGraw-Hill New

York New York USAParrotta JA 2001 Healing Plants of Peninsular India CABI Publishing New York New York

USAPassy AM 1999 Sephardic Folk Dictionary English to Ladino Ladino to English Published by

the author Los Angeles California USAPereira C and FV Agarez 1980 Botacircnica Taxonomia e Organografia das Angiospermas

Interamericana Rio de Janeiro BrazilPhone W 2007 Dictionary of Jicarilla Apache University of New Mexico Press Albuquerque New

Mexico USAPikia M 2006 African Traditional Plant Knowledge Today Lit Verlag Berlin GermanyPlants of the Philippines Work Group 1996 Plants of the Philippines Island Pub House ManilaPulte W (ed) 1975 Cherokee-English Dictionary Cherokee Nation of Oklahoma Tahlequah

Oklahoma USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 817

References

Ramser J K Weising C Lopez-Peralta W Terhalle R Terauchi and G Kahl 1997 Molecular marker based taxonomy and phylogeny of Guinea yam (Dioscorea rotundata ndash D cayenensis) Genome 40903-915

Rand ST 1888 Dictionary of the Language of the Micmac Indians Nova Scotia Printing Halifax Nova Scotia Canada

Raven PH RF Evert and SE Eichhorn 1992 Biology of Plants Worth New York New York USA

Reh M 1999 Anywa-English and English-Anywa Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlag Koumlln Germany

Reid LA (ed) 1971 Philippine Minor Languages Word Lists and Phonologies University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Reitz R 1972 Flora Ilustrada Catarinense Herbaacuterio Barbosa Rodrigues Itajaiacute Santa Catarina Brazil

Robinson LW and J Armagost 1990 Comanche Dictionary and Grammar The Summer Institute of Lingustics Dallas Texas USA

Ross D and GD Smith 1998 Scots-English English-Scots Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Royal Society Great Britain 1790 Ancient Cookery Society of Antiquaries of LondonCollection of ordinances and regulations for the government of the Royal Household London England

Rubino CRG 2000 Ilocano-English Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Rytz O (ed) 1960 Gonja-English Dictionary and Spelling Book 1960 Institute of African Studies University of Ghana Legon Ghana

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr and K Semrau 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 1 Allphabetisches Verzeichnis [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 1 Alphabetical List] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr K Semrau H Voigt and G Voll 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 2 100 Gemuumlsearten in 50 Sprachen [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 2 100 Vegetable Species 50 Languages] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Salaman RN 1940 Why ldquoJerusalemrdquo artichoke Royal Hort Soc LXVI338-348 376-383Saacutenchez-Monge y Parellada E 1981 Diccionario de Plantas Agricolas Ministry of Agriculture

Sercicio de Publ Agrarias Madrid SpainSapir E 1930 Southern Paiute a Shoshonean language Proceedings of the American Academy of

Arts and Sciences 651-296Schuh RG 1981 Dictionary of Ngizim University of California Press Berkeley California USASetchell WA 1924 American Samoa Carnegie Inst Pub 341 Washington DC USASeymour ELO 1990 The Wise Garden Encyclopedia Harper Collins New York New York USASiemonsma JS and K Piluek (eds) 1993 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 8 Vegetables

Pudoc Scientific Publishers Leiden the NetherlandsSimpson JA and Weiner ESC 1989 The Oxford English Dictionary 20 vols Claredon Press

Oxford UKSkinner N 1996 Hausa Comparative Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlan Koumlln GermanySlavov A 1999 Gypsy-English English-Gypsy Concise Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USASmith HH 1933 Ethnobotany of the Forest Potawatomi Indians Bull Pub Museum of the City of

Milwaukee Milwaukee Wisconsin USASoukup J 1980 Vocabulario de los nombres vulgares de la Flora Peruana y Cataacutelogo de los Geacuteneros

Editorial Salesiana Segunda Edicioacuten Lima Peru

818 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Soule J 1985 Glossary for Horticultural Crops John Wiley amp Sons New York New York USASperlich WB (ed) 1997 Tohi Vagahau Niue Niue Language Dictionary Government Press NiueSpring RK 2002 Balti-English English-Balti Dictionary RoutledgeCurzon New York New York

USASprinkle R 1976 Zhonggou Min nan yu Ying yu zi dian (Amoy-English Dictionary) Maryknoll

Fathers Taichung TaiwanStevels JMC 1990 Leacutegumes Traditionnels du Cameroun une Ecirctude Agro-botanique Wageningen

Agricultural University Papers Wageningen the NetherlandsStone G 2002 Upper Sorbian-English Dictionary Domowina Verlag GmbH Bautzen GermanyStroslashmme E (ed) 1993 Navn paring groslashnnsaker og krydderplanter Norsk plantenomenklaturraringd for

hagebruk FaginfoStatens fagtjeneste for landbruket Arings NorwaySubhadrabandhu S 1999 Ethnomedical uses of common plants in Thailand Chronica Horticulturae

39(1)7-9Svenson HK 1939 Monographic studies in the genus Eleocharis ndash V Rhodora 411-19Tanaka Y 1976 Tanakarsquos Cyclopedia of Edible Plants of the World Sasuke Nakao (ed) Keigaku

Pub Co Tokyo JapanTaylor FW 1995 Fulani-English Hippocrene Books New York New York USATerpstra G 1968 English-Tiv Dictionary Institute for African Studies University of Ibadan Ibadan

NigeriaTerrell E SR Hill JH Wiersema and WE Rice 1986 A Check List of Names for 3000 Vascular

Plants of Economic Importance United States Department of Agriculture Agricultural Handbook 505 Washington DC USA

Thibert A 1997 Eskimo-English English-Eskimo Dictionary AES + Laurier Pub Ottawa CanadaThomson DS 1994 The New English-Gaelic Dictionary GAIEM Glasgow Scotland UKTominaga T 1992 Fruits and vegetables in markets in Bintulu Sarawak Malaysia J Fac Agric

Shinshu University 29(2)137-147Torikashvili JJ 1992 Georgian-English English-Georgian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New

York New York USATovar O 1990 Tipos de Vegetacioacuten Diversidad Floristica y Estado de Conservacioacuten de la Cuenca

del Mantaro Centro de Datos para la Conservacioacuten Univ Nac Agraria La Molina Lima PeruUzicani NS 1995 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USA Van der Maesen LJG and S Somaatmadja (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No

1 Pulses Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVan Warmelo NJ 1989 Venda Dictionary Tsguvenḓa-English JL van Schaik Pretoria South

AfricaVan Wyk B-E 2005 Food Plants of the World Timber Press Portland Oregon USAVavilov NI 1992 Origin and Geography of Cultivated Plants Cambridge University Press

Cambridge UKVerheij EWM and RE Coronel (eds) 1991 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 2 Edible

Fruits and Nuts Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVestal PA and RE Schultes 1939 The Economic Botany of the Kiowa Indians Botanical Museum

Cambridge Massachusetts USAWells JC 2010 Orthographic diacritics and multilingual computing lthttpwwwphon uclacuk

homewellsdiadiacritics-revisedhtmgtWhistler WA 1991 Polynesian plant introductions pp 41-66 In Islands Plants and Polynesians

An Introduction to Polynesian Ethnobotany PA Cox and SA Banack (eds) Dioscorides Press Portland Oregon USA

Whistler WA 1991 The Ethnobotany of Tonga The Plants Their Tongan Names and Their Uses Bishop Museum Botany Bull 2 Bishop Museum Honolulu Hawaii USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 819

References

Wilder GP 1931 Flora of Rarotonga Bishop Museum Bull 86 Honolulu Hawaii USAWilliamson K 1993 Linguistic evidence for the use of some tree and tuber food plants in Southern

Nigeria pp 150-51 In Shaw T P Sinclair B Andah and A Okpoka The Archaeology of Africa Food Metals and Towns London UK

Williamson J 1960 Useful Plants of Malawi Government Printers Zomba MalawiWilliamson JP 1992 An English-Dakota Dictionary Minnesota Historical Soc Press St Paul

Minnesota USAWilson PM nd English-Swahili East African Literature Bureau Nairobi KenyaYuncker TG 1943 The Flora of Niue Island Bishop Museum Bull 178 Honolulu Hawaii USAYang Yigeng Lianci Liu Xuequn Chen Cailin Chen Guangfan Zhou and Keli Niao 1988

Classificational research for vegetables in mustard (Brassica juncea Coss) pp 342-347 In International Symposium on Horticultural Germplasm Cultivated and Wild Part II vegetables International Academic Publishers Beijing China

Yawalkar KS 1965 Vegetable Crops of India Agri-Horticultural Pub House Nagpur IndiaYoung RW and W Morgan 1980 The Navajo Language University of New Mexico Press

Albuquerque New Mexico USAYuncker TG 1945 Plants of the Manua Islands Bishop Museum Bull 184 Honolulu HawaiiYuncker TG 1959 Plants of Tonga Bishop Museum Bull 220 Honolulu Hawaii USAZohary D and M Hopf 2000 Domestication of Plants in the Old World Oxford University Press

Oxford UK

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 821

Appendices

Appendix I DiacriticsEnglish is one of the few languages that utilizes the standard 26 letters of the Latin alphabet Many other Latin alphabet-based languages supplement the sounds that can be represented by the letters using diacritics (eg aacute atilde acirc auml aring ā ă ą ȁ ȧ ạ ả a ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ) (Wells 2010) Diacritics used in the text are listed below however their effect on pronunciation is not consistent across languages As a consequence it is best to consult an explanation of the use of diacritics for each language

Acute accents (eg aacute ǽ ć eacute iacute oacute ĺ ń ŕ ś uacute z) have a wide range of applications depending upon the language For example in certain languages (eg Lakota Portuguese Spanish) they represent stressed vowels In certain other languages they indicate a long vowel (eg Czech Hungarian Irish) and in Polish palatalization In some African languages an acute accent over a vowel typically indicates a rising tone while over d k or t in Senegalese languages it hardens and shortens the letter A double acute (eg ő ű) is primarily used in Hungarian and acts as a combination of an acute and a diaeresis giving a longer sound to the respective letters

A grave accent (eg agrave egrave igrave ograve ugrave y) like an acute accent has various effects on pronunciation depending upon the language In French a grave accent indicates a half-open vowel in Italian and Catalan it is a stressed vowel in Scottish Gaelic a long vowel and in Vietnamese it denotes a low tone In a number of the African languages listed a grave accent over a vowel denotes a falling tone

In certain African languages a double grave accent (eg ȁ ȅ ȉ ȍ ȑ ȕ) over a vowel indicates a deeper falling tone when following a syllable already under a falling tone Likewise in Serbian Croatian and Slovenian a double grave accent indicates a falling tone

A circumflex accent (eg acirc ecirc icirc ocirc ucirc ŵ y) in Welsh denotes a long vowel including ŵ and y which are also vowels In Chichewa ŵ is a bilabial fricative while in Portuguese acirc ecirc icirc and ocirc are nasalized vowels In Turkish a circumflex appears over an a or u when a preceding consonant (eg k g l) is pronounced as a palatal plosive while in certain African languages a circumflex accent over a vowel indicates a rising tone In Potawatomi ecirc is pronounced as in the English word bet icirc as in bit and ucirc as in luck (Smith 1933) while in Kiowa the circumflex (icirc t) indicates a combination of an acute and a grave accent

A inverted circumflex also known as a hachek (eg č ě š ž) is represented by a relatively sharp wedge over the letter In Czech Slovak Croation Slovene and certain other languages š and ž indicate palato-alveolar fricatives In Amharic the grapheme č denotes the voiceless postalveolar affricate consonant similar to ch in the English word chocolate ğ signals [dʒ] and š signals [ʃ] In Czech č is a voiceless affricate while a hachek over an e indicates palatalization of the preceding consonant In several of the African languages listed a hachek over a consonant indicates a hardened aspiration a fricative or sibilant however when over a vowel it denotes a falling tone in the Nigerian languages

The breve (eg ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ) differs from the hachek in that it is more rounded In several languages it denotes the shortness of a vowel For example in Romanian ă indicates a mid central vowel In several of the African languages the presence of a breve over a vowel shortens it

A macron over a vowel (eg ā ē ī ō ū) indicates a long vowel in Maori Hawaiian and Latvian while in Yoruba it indicates a mid tone In certain African languages a macron lengthens a vowel though more commonly the vowel is doubled to show length In Pinyin ā ē ī ō ū ǖ are used to indicate the

822 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

first tone of Mandarin Chinese In contrast a macron under a vowel (eg a e i o u) in several of the African languages indicates a low level pitch

An overdot (eg ȧ ḃ ċ ḋ ė ḟ ġ ḣ ṁ ṅ ȯ ṗ ṙ ṡ ṫ ẇ ẋ ẏ ż) when used as a diacritic (in contrast to the letters i and j where the dot over the letter is a nondistinctive mark) has several functions In Lithuanian ė stands for a half closed vowel In Maltese ċ is a voiceless postalveolar affricate while in Lakota it is sometimes used to indicate an explosive stop In some of the African languages ṅ indicates ng as in the English sing

A dot under a letter (eg ạ ḅ ḍ ẹ ḥ ḳ ḷ ṃ ṇ ọ ṛ s ṭ ụ ṿ ẉ ẓ) in Vietnamese indicates a low glottal tone when under a vowel In Igbo it indicates a reduction of the height of the vowel while in Yoruba when used under a consonant an underdot indicates a sibilant sound as in s = sh In several of the African languages a dot under a vowel makes it more open

A diaeresis or trema is created using two dots over the letter (eg auml euml iuml ouml uuml) When placed over one of two adjacent vowels a diaeresis indicates the vowels are sounded separately (ie split into two syllables rather than pronounced as a digraph) A variation of this is the German umlaut where auml ouml and uuml represent front vowels This changes the sound as in auml = ae

A tilde is written over a letter (eg atilde ĩ ntilde otilde ũ) to indicate a change in pronunciation In Spanish Basque Filipino Galacian Guarani and certain other languages it represents a palatal nasal consonant In other letters a tilde indicates nasalization of the base vowel in Portuguese and Guarani In Estonian otilde stands for a close-mid back unrounded vowel in Guarani g stands for the nasalized upper central rounded vowel and in Vietnamese a tilde over a vowel represents a dipping tone

A ring over a letter (eg aring ů w y) especially the letter a is a distinctive feature in Danish Norwegian and Swedish The letter ů is used in Czech where it has the same pronunciation as uacute but changes to a short o in declension A ring under a letter (eg ḁ) may also be used in certain Indo-European languages to indicate syllabicity

A hook (eg ả ẻ ỉ ỏ ủ ỷ) appears as a small question mark placed on the top of vowels in the Vietnamese language causing them to be pronounced with a falling then rising tone

A stroke (eg oslash) also called a slash is a diacritic that is placed through the letters o in Danish and Norwegian creating a half-close front rounded vowel A velarized l (eg ł) in Polish is pronounced as w

A bar (eg đ ħ ŧ) is a diacritic the effect of which varies with the language in question The Croatian letter đ represents a palatalized d which can also be written as the digraph dj (Wells 2010) In the Vietnamese alphabet however đ stands for [d] while in Saacutemi đ and ŧ are fricatives In Maltese ħ represents a voiceless pharyngeal fricative

The horn (eg ơ ư) is a Vietnamese diacritic that creates unrounded variants of each vowel and are considered as separate letters from o and u

A cedilla (eg ccedil ş) originated from Spanish and is represented by a miniature curved structure at the base of the letters c and s With ccedil it represents a soft sound s rather than a hard sound k before a o u or at the end of a word in Basque Catalan French and Portuguese However in Albanian Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ccedil represents a voiceless affricate In Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ş represents a voiceless postalveolar fricative ʃ

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 823

Appendices

A comma at the base of a letter (ķ ļ ņ ŗ ţ) is used as a diacritic in several languages (eg Latvian Romanian) and represents various soft consonants With the letter g the comma is reversed and placed out of necessity over the lower case letter (ģ)

A tail or ogonek (eg ą ę į ų) is used in several eastern European languages In Polish ą and ę denote nasalized vowels In Lithuanian the tail simply means a long vowel In transcriptions of Navajo Kiowa and certain other Amerindian languages the diacritic is used to indicate nasalization (Harrington 1928)

A dot (eg ạ ẹ ị ọ ụ ỵ) in Vietnamese indicates a low tone and glottalized or tense voice while in Yoruba ạ and ẹ denote a half-open vowel A dotted s represents a palatoalveolar fricative ʃ A dot is also sometimes used in Romanization of languages using non-Latin alphabets For example several languages from Southeast Asia use a dot under d n s and t to represent retroflex consonants while under d s or t in the Romanization of Arabic it represents an emphatic consonant

An apostrophe (rsquo) has an exceptionally wide range of uses as a diacritic In Hausa it indicates a glottalisation of the following consonant or when between two vowels a glottal stop In the Romanization of Mandarin Chinese it marks aspiration of the preceding consonant sound as in tsrsquoecirc where tsrsquo is aspirated In English it denotes possessive as in the common name giant elephantrsquos ear (Colocasia gigantea (Blume) Hook f) In Swahili when placed after ng (ngrsquo) the g is silent as in the English word singer while in Italian it is occasionally used for a grave accent after a final vowel In some languages (eg Guarani Hawaiian Samoan Tahitian Tongan) and transliterations the apostrophe is used to indicate a glottal stop Likewise it may indicate the presence or lack of palatalization in Belarusian Russian and Ukrainian depending upon where it is used In Southern Paiute -krsquow indicates the w is unvoiced at the end of the word With -ngrsquow the w at the end of the word is unvoiced (Martineau 1992) In some languages an apostrophe is used to separate the root word from its affixes especially if the root word is foreign and unassimilated

The effect of two diacritics on a single letter (eg ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ ế ề ể ễ ệ ǖ ǘ ǚ ǜ) varies with the language in question In Vietnamese one may relate to the vowel quality and the other to the tone

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

814 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Fritz D W Stolz F Venter J Weichmann and C Wonneberger 1989 Gemuumlsebau Eugen Ulmer Stuttgart Germany

Fyle CN and ED Jones 1980 A Krio-English Dictionary Oxford University Press Oxford UKGasparini A 1983 Sidamo-English Dictionary EMI Bologna ItalyGestwicki Ronald Rev and Mrs 1966 An English-Herero Herero-English Dictionary Anglican

Church Windhoek South West AfricaGoddard M 2007 English-Kurdish Kurdish-English Sorani Dictionary Wallenberg Press London

UKGoodwill J A Kotzeacute L Namaseb A Tjouṱuku E Kaura P Hasheela L Mbenzi D Nakare

H Nakare M Goraseb and V neEiases 1991 First School Dictionary for Namibia Oxford University Press Cape Town South Africa

Gordon RG Jr (ed) 2005 Ethnoloɠue Languages of the World 15th edition SIL International Dallas Texas USA

Gove PB (ed) 1971 Websterrsquos Third New International Dictionary G and C Merriam Springfield Massachusetts USA

Gragson TL 1997 The use of underground plant organs and its relation to habitat selection among the Pumeacute Indians of Venezuela Econ Bot 51377-384

Gunn GC 2003 First Globalization The Eurasian Exchange 1500-1800 Rowman amp Littlefield Oxford UK

Gurudeva MR 2001 Botanical and Vernacular Names of South Indian Plants Divyachandra Prakashana Bangalore India

Guzmann CC de and JS Siemonsma (eds) 1999 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 13 Spices Backhuys Publishers Leiden the Netherlands

Hannan M 1973 Standard Shona Dictionary Macmillan Johannesburg South AfricaHarlan JR 1975 Our vanishing genetic resources Science 188617-621Harrington JP 1928 Vocabulary of the Kiowa language Smithsonian Inst Bull 34 255 ppHeemkerk W 1987 Especies e Variedades de Feijoes em Mocambique National Institute of

Agricultural Research Maputo MozambiqueHill KC (ed) 1998 Hopi Dictionary University Arizon Press Tucson Arizona USAHoch E 1960 Bemba Pocket Dictionary Kipalapala Tanganyika TanzaniaHockings P and C Pilot-Raichoor 1992 A Badaga-English Dictionary Mouton de Gruyter Berlin

GermanyHung L H Huang and H-F Yen (eds) 1992 The Nomenclarture of Vegetable Crops National

Taiwan University Taipei Republic of ChinaHuxley A (ed) 1992 Dictionary of Gardening Macmillian London UKIndian Council of Agricultural Research 1961 Handbook of Agriculture ICAR New DelhiIvens WG 1998 Bugotu-English English-Bugotu Concise Dictionary Hippocrene Books New

York New York USAJackson FH and JC Marck 1991 Carolinian-English Dictionary University Hawaii Press

Honolulu Hawaii USAJaeger P P Lunven and M Pinta 1965 Plantes Alimentaires de LrsquoOuest Africain Eacutetude Botanique

Biologique et Chimaque M Leconte Marseille FranceJansen RK 1985 The systematics of Acemlla (Asteraceae-Heliantheae) Syst Bot Monogr 81-115Jayaweera DMA 1981 Medical Plants (Indigenous and Exotic) Used in Ceylon National Science

Council of Sri Lanka Colombo Sri LankaJeeni CE 2001 Hindi-English-Mizo Dictionary Vani Prakasana New Delhi IndiaJerome S W Caxton W de Worde and R Curzon 1495 Vitas patrum Wynkyn de Worde

Westmynstre UKJha Govinda 1999 Kalyani Kosh (A Maithili-English Dictionary) Maharajadhiraja Kamesvara

Simha Kalyani Phaundesana Darabhanga India

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 815

References

Johnstone TM 1977 Harsūsi Lexicon and English-Harsūsi Word-List Oxford University Press London UK

Johnstone TM 1987 Mehri Lexicon and English-Mehri Word-List School of Oriental and African Languages University of London London UK

Jones SB Jr and AE Luchsinger 1986 Plant Systematics McGraw-Hill New York New York USA

Joslashrgensen H 1936 A Dictionary of the Classical Newārī Kevin amp Munksgaard CopenhagenKabithe DW 1980 Afrikan Language Dictionary Swahili-English English-Swahili Understanding

International Toledo Ohio USAKachroo P (ed) 1970 Pulse Crops of India Indian Council of Agri Res New Delhi IndiaKane TL 1990 Amharic-English Dictionary Harrassowitz Wiesbaden GermanyKays SJ and SF Nottingham 2007 Biology and Chemistry of Jerusalem Artichoke (Helianthus

tuberosus L) Taylor and Francis Boca Raton Florida USAKays SJ and JC Silva Dias 1996 Cultivated Vegetables of the World Latin Binomial Common

Name in 15 Languages Edible Part and Method of Preparation Exon Press Athens Georgia USA

Koenon E von 2001 Medicinal Poisonous and Edible Plants in Namibia Klaus Hess Publishers Windhoek Namibia

Kohen E and D Kohen-Gordon 2000 Ladino-English English-Ladino Concise Encyclopedia Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Kroll S and D Zahirović 1998 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary and Phrasebook Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Lamberts M 1992 Production trends for specialty Asian vegetables in Dade County Florida Acta Hort 31879-85

Lemmens RHMJ and N Bunyapraphatsara (eds) 2003 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 12(3) Medicinal and Poisonous Plants Backhuys Publishers Leiden the Netherlands

Leslau W 1963 Etymological Dictionary for Harari University of California Press Berkeley California USA

Leslau W 1976 Concise Amharic Dictionary University of California Press Berkeley California USA

Levang P and H de Foresta 1991 Economic Plants of Indonesia Orstom Bogor IndonesiaLinneacute Carl von 1753 Caroli Linnaeligi Species plantarum exhibentes plantas rite cognitas ad genera

relatas cum differentiis specificis nominibus trivialibus synonymis selectis locis natalibus secundum systema sexuale digestas Impensis Laurentii Salvii Holmiaelig (Stockholm Sweden)

Lorenzi H 1991 Plantas Daninhas do Brasil Terrestres Aquaacuteticas Parasitas Toacutexicase Medicinais 2nd ed Plantarum Press Nova Odessa Brazil

Luomala K 1953 Ethnobotany of the Gilbert Islands Bishop Museum Bul 213 129pMacPhail RM 1984 Campbellrsquos English-Santali Dictionary Eastern Books Calcutta IndiaMalherbe F de 1862 Oeuvres completes de Malherbe recueillies et aannotees par ML Lalanne

Hachette Paris FranceMamedov S 1995 Azerbaijani English-Azerbaijani Azerbaijani-English Hippocrene Books New

York New York USAMan Ssu-ch‛ien 1958 English-Hakka Dictionary Qi Guang Chubanshe Hong KongManner A 1983 Tulu-English Dictionary Asian Educational Services New Delhi IndiaMaracle DK 1992 One Thousand Useful Mohawk Words Audio-Forum Guilford Connecticut

USAMarijana Kiš 1996 Dijalektnata leksika od oblasta na rastitelniot svet Institut za Makedonski Jazik

ldquoKrste Misirkovrdquo Skopje MacedoniaMartin JB and MM Mauldin 2000 A Dictionary of CreekMuskogee University of Nebraska

Press Lincoln Nebraska USA

816 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Martineau L 1992 The Southern Paiutes Legends Lore Language and Lineage KC Publications Las Vegas Nevada USA

McNeill J FR Barrie HM Burdet V Demoulin DL Hawksworth K Marhold DH Nicolson J Prado PC Silva JE Skog and JH Wiersema (eds) 2005 International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code) adopted by the seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna Austria ARG Ganter Koumlnigstein Germany

Mertz O AM Lykke and A Reenberg 2001 Importance and seasonality of vegetable consumption and marketing in Burkina Faso Econ Bot 55276-289

Milner GB 1993 Samoan Dictionary Polynesian Press Aotearoa New ZealandMintz MW 1971 Bikol Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAMochari M (ed) 1985 Bodo-English Dictionary The Bodo Catholic Youth Association Bengtol

Kakrajhar Assam IndiaMolina FS H Valenzuela and DL Shaul 1999 Yoeme-English English-Yoeme Standard

Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA Motus C 1971 Hiligaynon Dictionary Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAMunro P and C Willmond 1994 Chickasaw An Analytical Dictionary University Oklahoma Press

Norman OklahomaNewman S 1958 Zuni Dictionary Intern J Amer Linguistics 24117pNiang M 1997 Pulaar-English English-Pulaar Hippocrene Books New York New York USANichols J and A Vagapov 2004 Chechen-English and English-Chechen Dictionary

RoutledgeCurzon New York New York USANguyen MLT 2005 Bạc hagrave (Colocasia gigantean [Blume] Hook f) in the culinary history of

Vietnamese-Americans Econ Bot 59185-196Oideachais AR 1978 Ainmneacha Plandai Agus Ainmhithe Baile Atha Cliath Oifig an tSolathair

IrelandOideachais AR 1978 Focloir Talmhaiochta An Gum Baile Atha Cliath IrelandOumlztopccedilu K Z Abuov N Kambarov and Y Azemoun 1996 Dictionary of the Turkic Languages

Routledge New York New York USAParham BEV 1957 Some Samoan plant names Laufasi Ola Dept Agri Circ 2(5 and 7) Apia

SamoaParham BEV 1958 Some Samoan plant names Laufasi Ola Dept Agri Circ 3(5 8 and 11)

Apia SamoaParham BEV 1972 Plants of Samoa New Zealand Dept Scientific and Industrial Res Wellington

New ZealandParker EM and RJ Hayward 1985 An Afar-English-French Dictionary School of Oriental and

African Studies University of London London UKParker SP 1989 McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Terms McGraw-Hill New

York New York USAParrotta JA 2001 Healing Plants of Peninsular India CABI Publishing New York New York

USAPassy AM 1999 Sephardic Folk Dictionary English to Ladino Ladino to English Published by

the author Los Angeles California USAPereira C and FV Agarez 1980 Botacircnica Taxonomia e Organografia das Angiospermas

Interamericana Rio de Janeiro BrazilPhone W 2007 Dictionary of Jicarilla Apache University of New Mexico Press Albuquerque New

Mexico USAPikia M 2006 African Traditional Plant Knowledge Today Lit Verlag Berlin GermanyPlants of the Philippines Work Group 1996 Plants of the Philippines Island Pub House ManilaPulte W (ed) 1975 Cherokee-English Dictionary Cherokee Nation of Oklahoma Tahlequah

Oklahoma USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 817

References

Ramser J K Weising C Lopez-Peralta W Terhalle R Terauchi and G Kahl 1997 Molecular marker based taxonomy and phylogeny of Guinea yam (Dioscorea rotundata ndash D cayenensis) Genome 40903-915

Rand ST 1888 Dictionary of the Language of the Micmac Indians Nova Scotia Printing Halifax Nova Scotia Canada

Raven PH RF Evert and SE Eichhorn 1992 Biology of Plants Worth New York New York USA

Reh M 1999 Anywa-English and English-Anywa Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlag Koumlln Germany

Reid LA (ed) 1971 Philippine Minor Languages Word Lists and Phonologies University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Reitz R 1972 Flora Ilustrada Catarinense Herbaacuterio Barbosa Rodrigues Itajaiacute Santa Catarina Brazil

Robinson LW and J Armagost 1990 Comanche Dictionary and Grammar The Summer Institute of Lingustics Dallas Texas USA

Ross D and GD Smith 1998 Scots-English English-Scots Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Royal Society Great Britain 1790 Ancient Cookery Society of Antiquaries of LondonCollection of ordinances and regulations for the government of the Royal Household London England

Rubino CRG 2000 Ilocano-English Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Rytz O (ed) 1960 Gonja-English Dictionary and Spelling Book 1960 Institute of African Studies University of Ghana Legon Ghana

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr and K Semrau 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 1 Allphabetisches Verzeichnis [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 1 Alphabetical List] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr K Semrau H Voigt and G Voll 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 2 100 Gemuumlsearten in 50 Sprachen [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 2 100 Vegetable Species 50 Languages] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Salaman RN 1940 Why ldquoJerusalemrdquo artichoke Royal Hort Soc LXVI338-348 376-383Saacutenchez-Monge y Parellada E 1981 Diccionario de Plantas Agricolas Ministry of Agriculture

Sercicio de Publ Agrarias Madrid SpainSapir E 1930 Southern Paiute a Shoshonean language Proceedings of the American Academy of

Arts and Sciences 651-296Schuh RG 1981 Dictionary of Ngizim University of California Press Berkeley California USASetchell WA 1924 American Samoa Carnegie Inst Pub 341 Washington DC USASeymour ELO 1990 The Wise Garden Encyclopedia Harper Collins New York New York USASiemonsma JS and K Piluek (eds) 1993 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 8 Vegetables

Pudoc Scientific Publishers Leiden the NetherlandsSimpson JA and Weiner ESC 1989 The Oxford English Dictionary 20 vols Claredon Press

Oxford UKSkinner N 1996 Hausa Comparative Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlan Koumlln GermanySlavov A 1999 Gypsy-English English-Gypsy Concise Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USASmith HH 1933 Ethnobotany of the Forest Potawatomi Indians Bull Pub Museum of the City of

Milwaukee Milwaukee Wisconsin USASoukup J 1980 Vocabulario de los nombres vulgares de la Flora Peruana y Cataacutelogo de los Geacuteneros

Editorial Salesiana Segunda Edicioacuten Lima Peru

818 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Soule J 1985 Glossary for Horticultural Crops John Wiley amp Sons New York New York USASperlich WB (ed) 1997 Tohi Vagahau Niue Niue Language Dictionary Government Press NiueSpring RK 2002 Balti-English English-Balti Dictionary RoutledgeCurzon New York New York

USASprinkle R 1976 Zhonggou Min nan yu Ying yu zi dian (Amoy-English Dictionary) Maryknoll

Fathers Taichung TaiwanStevels JMC 1990 Leacutegumes Traditionnels du Cameroun une Ecirctude Agro-botanique Wageningen

Agricultural University Papers Wageningen the NetherlandsStone G 2002 Upper Sorbian-English Dictionary Domowina Verlag GmbH Bautzen GermanyStroslashmme E (ed) 1993 Navn paring groslashnnsaker og krydderplanter Norsk plantenomenklaturraringd for

hagebruk FaginfoStatens fagtjeneste for landbruket Arings NorwaySubhadrabandhu S 1999 Ethnomedical uses of common plants in Thailand Chronica Horticulturae

39(1)7-9Svenson HK 1939 Monographic studies in the genus Eleocharis ndash V Rhodora 411-19Tanaka Y 1976 Tanakarsquos Cyclopedia of Edible Plants of the World Sasuke Nakao (ed) Keigaku

Pub Co Tokyo JapanTaylor FW 1995 Fulani-English Hippocrene Books New York New York USATerpstra G 1968 English-Tiv Dictionary Institute for African Studies University of Ibadan Ibadan

NigeriaTerrell E SR Hill JH Wiersema and WE Rice 1986 A Check List of Names for 3000 Vascular

Plants of Economic Importance United States Department of Agriculture Agricultural Handbook 505 Washington DC USA

Thibert A 1997 Eskimo-English English-Eskimo Dictionary AES + Laurier Pub Ottawa CanadaThomson DS 1994 The New English-Gaelic Dictionary GAIEM Glasgow Scotland UKTominaga T 1992 Fruits and vegetables in markets in Bintulu Sarawak Malaysia J Fac Agric

Shinshu University 29(2)137-147Torikashvili JJ 1992 Georgian-English English-Georgian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New

York New York USATovar O 1990 Tipos de Vegetacioacuten Diversidad Floristica y Estado de Conservacioacuten de la Cuenca

del Mantaro Centro de Datos para la Conservacioacuten Univ Nac Agraria La Molina Lima PeruUzicani NS 1995 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USA Van der Maesen LJG and S Somaatmadja (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No

1 Pulses Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVan Warmelo NJ 1989 Venda Dictionary Tsguvenḓa-English JL van Schaik Pretoria South

AfricaVan Wyk B-E 2005 Food Plants of the World Timber Press Portland Oregon USAVavilov NI 1992 Origin and Geography of Cultivated Plants Cambridge University Press

Cambridge UKVerheij EWM and RE Coronel (eds) 1991 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 2 Edible

Fruits and Nuts Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVestal PA and RE Schultes 1939 The Economic Botany of the Kiowa Indians Botanical Museum

Cambridge Massachusetts USAWells JC 2010 Orthographic diacritics and multilingual computing lthttpwwwphon uclacuk

homewellsdiadiacritics-revisedhtmgtWhistler WA 1991 Polynesian plant introductions pp 41-66 In Islands Plants and Polynesians

An Introduction to Polynesian Ethnobotany PA Cox and SA Banack (eds) Dioscorides Press Portland Oregon USA

Whistler WA 1991 The Ethnobotany of Tonga The Plants Their Tongan Names and Their Uses Bishop Museum Botany Bull 2 Bishop Museum Honolulu Hawaii USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 819

References

Wilder GP 1931 Flora of Rarotonga Bishop Museum Bull 86 Honolulu Hawaii USAWilliamson K 1993 Linguistic evidence for the use of some tree and tuber food plants in Southern

Nigeria pp 150-51 In Shaw T P Sinclair B Andah and A Okpoka The Archaeology of Africa Food Metals and Towns London UK

Williamson J 1960 Useful Plants of Malawi Government Printers Zomba MalawiWilliamson JP 1992 An English-Dakota Dictionary Minnesota Historical Soc Press St Paul

Minnesota USAWilson PM nd English-Swahili East African Literature Bureau Nairobi KenyaYuncker TG 1943 The Flora of Niue Island Bishop Museum Bull 178 Honolulu Hawaii USAYang Yigeng Lianci Liu Xuequn Chen Cailin Chen Guangfan Zhou and Keli Niao 1988

Classificational research for vegetables in mustard (Brassica juncea Coss) pp 342-347 In International Symposium on Horticultural Germplasm Cultivated and Wild Part II vegetables International Academic Publishers Beijing China

Yawalkar KS 1965 Vegetable Crops of India Agri-Horticultural Pub House Nagpur IndiaYoung RW and W Morgan 1980 The Navajo Language University of New Mexico Press

Albuquerque New Mexico USAYuncker TG 1945 Plants of the Manua Islands Bishop Museum Bull 184 Honolulu HawaiiYuncker TG 1959 Plants of Tonga Bishop Museum Bull 220 Honolulu Hawaii USAZohary D and M Hopf 2000 Domestication of Plants in the Old World Oxford University Press

Oxford UK

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 821

Appendices

Appendix I DiacriticsEnglish is one of the few languages that utilizes the standard 26 letters of the Latin alphabet Many other Latin alphabet-based languages supplement the sounds that can be represented by the letters using diacritics (eg aacute atilde acirc auml aring ā ă ą ȁ ȧ ạ ả a ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ) (Wells 2010) Diacritics used in the text are listed below however their effect on pronunciation is not consistent across languages As a consequence it is best to consult an explanation of the use of diacritics for each language

Acute accents (eg aacute ǽ ć eacute iacute oacute ĺ ń ŕ ś uacute z) have a wide range of applications depending upon the language For example in certain languages (eg Lakota Portuguese Spanish) they represent stressed vowels In certain other languages they indicate a long vowel (eg Czech Hungarian Irish) and in Polish palatalization In some African languages an acute accent over a vowel typically indicates a rising tone while over d k or t in Senegalese languages it hardens and shortens the letter A double acute (eg ő ű) is primarily used in Hungarian and acts as a combination of an acute and a diaeresis giving a longer sound to the respective letters

A grave accent (eg agrave egrave igrave ograve ugrave y) like an acute accent has various effects on pronunciation depending upon the language In French a grave accent indicates a half-open vowel in Italian and Catalan it is a stressed vowel in Scottish Gaelic a long vowel and in Vietnamese it denotes a low tone In a number of the African languages listed a grave accent over a vowel denotes a falling tone

In certain African languages a double grave accent (eg ȁ ȅ ȉ ȍ ȑ ȕ) over a vowel indicates a deeper falling tone when following a syllable already under a falling tone Likewise in Serbian Croatian and Slovenian a double grave accent indicates a falling tone

A circumflex accent (eg acirc ecirc icirc ocirc ucirc ŵ y) in Welsh denotes a long vowel including ŵ and y which are also vowels In Chichewa ŵ is a bilabial fricative while in Portuguese acirc ecirc icirc and ocirc are nasalized vowels In Turkish a circumflex appears over an a or u when a preceding consonant (eg k g l) is pronounced as a palatal plosive while in certain African languages a circumflex accent over a vowel indicates a rising tone In Potawatomi ecirc is pronounced as in the English word bet icirc as in bit and ucirc as in luck (Smith 1933) while in Kiowa the circumflex (icirc t) indicates a combination of an acute and a grave accent

A inverted circumflex also known as a hachek (eg č ě š ž) is represented by a relatively sharp wedge over the letter In Czech Slovak Croation Slovene and certain other languages š and ž indicate palato-alveolar fricatives In Amharic the grapheme č denotes the voiceless postalveolar affricate consonant similar to ch in the English word chocolate ğ signals [dʒ] and š signals [ʃ] In Czech č is a voiceless affricate while a hachek over an e indicates palatalization of the preceding consonant In several of the African languages listed a hachek over a consonant indicates a hardened aspiration a fricative or sibilant however when over a vowel it denotes a falling tone in the Nigerian languages

The breve (eg ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ) differs from the hachek in that it is more rounded In several languages it denotes the shortness of a vowel For example in Romanian ă indicates a mid central vowel In several of the African languages the presence of a breve over a vowel shortens it

A macron over a vowel (eg ā ē ī ō ū) indicates a long vowel in Maori Hawaiian and Latvian while in Yoruba it indicates a mid tone In certain African languages a macron lengthens a vowel though more commonly the vowel is doubled to show length In Pinyin ā ē ī ō ū ǖ are used to indicate the

822 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

first tone of Mandarin Chinese In contrast a macron under a vowel (eg a e i o u) in several of the African languages indicates a low level pitch

An overdot (eg ȧ ḃ ċ ḋ ė ḟ ġ ḣ ṁ ṅ ȯ ṗ ṙ ṡ ṫ ẇ ẋ ẏ ż) when used as a diacritic (in contrast to the letters i and j where the dot over the letter is a nondistinctive mark) has several functions In Lithuanian ė stands for a half closed vowel In Maltese ċ is a voiceless postalveolar affricate while in Lakota it is sometimes used to indicate an explosive stop In some of the African languages ṅ indicates ng as in the English sing

A dot under a letter (eg ạ ḅ ḍ ẹ ḥ ḳ ḷ ṃ ṇ ọ ṛ s ṭ ụ ṿ ẉ ẓ) in Vietnamese indicates a low glottal tone when under a vowel In Igbo it indicates a reduction of the height of the vowel while in Yoruba when used under a consonant an underdot indicates a sibilant sound as in s = sh In several of the African languages a dot under a vowel makes it more open

A diaeresis or trema is created using two dots over the letter (eg auml euml iuml ouml uuml) When placed over one of two adjacent vowels a diaeresis indicates the vowels are sounded separately (ie split into two syllables rather than pronounced as a digraph) A variation of this is the German umlaut where auml ouml and uuml represent front vowels This changes the sound as in auml = ae

A tilde is written over a letter (eg atilde ĩ ntilde otilde ũ) to indicate a change in pronunciation In Spanish Basque Filipino Galacian Guarani and certain other languages it represents a palatal nasal consonant In other letters a tilde indicates nasalization of the base vowel in Portuguese and Guarani In Estonian otilde stands for a close-mid back unrounded vowel in Guarani g stands for the nasalized upper central rounded vowel and in Vietnamese a tilde over a vowel represents a dipping tone

A ring over a letter (eg aring ů w y) especially the letter a is a distinctive feature in Danish Norwegian and Swedish The letter ů is used in Czech where it has the same pronunciation as uacute but changes to a short o in declension A ring under a letter (eg ḁ) may also be used in certain Indo-European languages to indicate syllabicity

A hook (eg ả ẻ ỉ ỏ ủ ỷ) appears as a small question mark placed on the top of vowels in the Vietnamese language causing them to be pronounced with a falling then rising tone

A stroke (eg oslash) also called a slash is a diacritic that is placed through the letters o in Danish and Norwegian creating a half-close front rounded vowel A velarized l (eg ł) in Polish is pronounced as w

A bar (eg đ ħ ŧ) is a diacritic the effect of which varies with the language in question The Croatian letter đ represents a palatalized d which can also be written as the digraph dj (Wells 2010) In the Vietnamese alphabet however đ stands for [d] while in Saacutemi đ and ŧ are fricatives In Maltese ħ represents a voiceless pharyngeal fricative

The horn (eg ơ ư) is a Vietnamese diacritic that creates unrounded variants of each vowel and are considered as separate letters from o and u

A cedilla (eg ccedil ş) originated from Spanish and is represented by a miniature curved structure at the base of the letters c and s With ccedil it represents a soft sound s rather than a hard sound k before a o u or at the end of a word in Basque Catalan French and Portuguese However in Albanian Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ccedil represents a voiceless affricate In Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ş represents a voiceless postalveolar fricative ʃ

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 823

Appendices

A comma at the base of a letter (ķ ļ ņ ŗ ţ) is used as a diacritic in several languages (eg Latvian Romanian) and represents various soft consonants With the letter g the comma is reversed and placed out of necessity over the lower case letter (ģ)

A tail or ogonek (eg ą ę į ų) is used in several eastern European languages In Polish ą and ę denote nasalized vowels In Lithuanian the tail simply means a long vowel In transcriptions of Navajo Kiowa and certain other Amerindian languages the diacritic is used to indicate nasalization (Harrington 1928)

A dot (eg ạ ẹ ị ọ ụ ỵ) in Vietnamese indicates a low tone and glottalized or tense voice while in Yoruba ạ and ẹ denote a half-open vowel A dotted s represents a palatoalveolar fricative ʃ A dot is also sometimes used in Romanization of languages using non-Latin alphabets For example several languages from Southeast Asia use a dot under d n s and t to represent retroflex consonants while under d s or t in the Romanization of Arabic it represents an emphatic consonant

An apostrophe (rsquo) has an exceptionally wide range of uses as a diacritic In Hausa it indicates a glottalisation of the following consonant or when between two vowels a glottal stop In the Romanization of Mandarin Chinese it marks aspiration of the preceding consonant sound as in tsrsquoecirc where tsrsquo is aspirated In English it denotes possessive as in the common name giant elephantrsquos ear (Colocasia gigantea (Blume) Hook f) In Swahili when placed after ng (ngrsquo) the g is silent as in the English word singer while in Italian it is occasionally used for a grave accent after a final vowel In some languages (eg Guarani Hawaiian Samoan Tahitian Tongan) and transliterations the apostrophe is used to indicate a glottal stop Likewise it may indicate the presence or lack of palatalization in Belarusian Russian and Ukrainian depending upon where it is used In Southern Paiute -krsquow indicates the w is unvoiced at the end of the word With -ngrsquow the w at the end of the word is unvoiced (Martineau 1992) In some languages an apostrophe is used to separate the root word from its affixes especially if the root word is foreign and unassimilated

The effect of two diacritics on a single letter (eg ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ ế ề ể ễ ệ ǖ ǘ ǚ ǜ) varies with the language in question In Vietnamese one may relate to the vowel quality and the other to the tone

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 815

References

Johnstone TM 1977 Harsūsi Lexicon and English-Harsūsi Word-List Oxford University Press London UK

Johnstone TM 1987 Mehri Lexicon and English-Mehri Word-List School of Oriental and African Languages University of London London UK

Jones SB Jr and AE Luchsinger 1986 Plant Systematics McGraw-Hill New York New York USA

Joslashrgensen H 1936 A Dictionary of the Classical Newārī Kevin amp Munksgaard CopenhagenKabithe DW 1980 Afrikan Language Dictionary Swahili-English English-Swahili Understanding

International Toledo Ohio USAKachroo P (ed) 1970 Pulse Crops of India Indian Council of Agri Res New Delhi IndiaKane TL 1990 Amharic-English Dictionary Harrassowitz Wiesbaden GermanyKays SJ and SF Nottingham 2007 Biology and Chemistry of Jerusalem Artichoke (Helianthus

tuberosus L) Taylor and Francis Boca Raton Florida USAKays SJ and JC Silva Dias 1996 Cultivated Vegetables of the World Latin Binomial Common

Name in 15 Languages Edible Part and Method of Preparation Exon Press Athens Georgia USA

Koenon E von 2001 Medicinal Poisonous and Edible Plants in Namibia Klaus Hess Publishers Windhoek Namibia

Kohen E and D Kohen-Gordon 2000 Ladino-English English-Ladino Concise Encyclopedia Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Kroll S and D Zahirović 1998 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary and Phrasebook Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Lamberts M 1992 Production trends for specialty Asian vegetables in Dade County Florida Acta Hort 31879-85

Lemmens RHMJ and N Bunyapraphatsara (eds) 2003 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 12(3) Medicinal and Poisonous Plants Backhuys Publishers Leiden the Netherlands

Leslau W 1963 Etymological Dictionary for Harari University of California Press Berkeley California USA

Leslau W 1976 Concise Amharic Dictionary University of California Press Berkeley California USA

Levang P and H de Foresta 1991 Economic Plants of Indonesia Orstom Bogor IndonesiaLinneacute Carl von 1753 Caroli Linnaeligi Species plantarum exhibentes plantas rite cognitas ad genera

relatas cum differentiis specificis nominibus trivialibus synonymis selectis locis natalibus secundum systema sexuale digestas Impensis Laurentii Salvii Holmiaelig (Stockholm Sweden)

Lorenzi H 1991 Plantas Daninhas do Brasil Terrestres Aquaacuteticas Parasitas Toacutexicase Medicinais 2nd ed Plantarum Press Nova Odessa Brazil

Luomala K 1953 Ethnobotany of the Gilbert Islands Bishop Museum Bul 213 129pMacPhail RM 1984 Campbellrsquos English-Santali Dictionary Eastern Books Calcutta IndiaMalherbe F de 1862 Oeuvres completes de Malherbe recueillies et aannotees par ML Lalanne

Hachette Paris FranceMamedov S 1995 Azerbaijani English-Azerbaijani Azerbaijani-English Hippocrene Books New

York New York USAMan Ssu-ch‛ien 1958 English-Hakka Dictionary Qi Guang Chubanshe Hong KongManner A 1983 Tulu-English Dictionary Asian Educational Services New Delhi IndiaMaracle DK 1992 One Thousand Useful Mohawk Words Audio-Forum Guilford Connecticut

USAMarijana Kiš 1996 Dijalektnata leksika od oblasta na rastitelniot svet Institut za Makedonski Jazik

ldquoKrste Misirkovrdquo Skopje MacedoniaMartin JB and MM Mauldin 2000 A Dictionary of CreekMuskogee University of Nebraska

Press Lincoln Nebraska USA

816 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Martineau L 1992 The Southern Paiutes Legends Lore Language and Lineage KC Publications Las Vegas Nevada USA

McNeill J FR Barrie HM Burdet V Demoulin DL Hawksworth K Marhold DH Nicolson J Prado PC Silva JE Skog and JH Wiersema (eds) 2005 International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code) adopted by the seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna Austria ARG Ganter Koumlnigstein Germany

Mertz O AM Lykke and A Reenberg 2001 Importance and seasonality of vegetable consumption and marketing in Burkina Faso Econ Bot 55276-289

Milner GB 1993 Samoan Dictionary Polynesian Press Aotearoa New ZealandMintz MW 1971 Bikol Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAMochari M (ed) 1985 Bodo-English Dictionary The Bodo Catholic Youth Association Bengtol

Kakrajhar Assam IndiaMolina FS H Valenzuela and DL Shaul 1999 Yoeme-English English-Yoeme Standard

Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA Motus C 1971 Hiligaynon Dictionary Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAMunro P and C Willmond 1994 Chickasaw An Analytical Dictionary University Oklahoma Press

Norman OklahomaNewman S 1958 Zuni Dictionary Intern J Amer Linguistics 24117pNiang M 1997 Pulaar-English English-Pulaar Hippocrene Books New York New York USANichols J and A Vagapov 2004 Chechen-English and English-Chechen Dictionary

RoutledgeCurzon New York New York USANguyen MLT 2005 Bạc hagrave (Colocasia gigantean [Blume] Hook f) in the culinary history of

Vietnamese-Americans Econ Bot 59185-196Oideachais AR 1978 Ainmneacha Plandai Agus Ainmhithe Baile Atha Cliath Oifig an tSolathair

IrelandOideachais AR 1978 Focloir Talmhaiochta An Gum Baile Atha Cliath IrelandOumlztopccedilu K Z Abuov N Kambarov and Y Azemoun 1996 Dictionary of the Turkic Languages

Routledge New York New York USAParham BEV 1957 Some Samoan plant names Laufasi Ola Dept Agri Circ 2(5 and 7) Apia

SamoaParham BEV 1958 Some Samoan plant names Laufasi Ola Dept Agri Circ 3(5 8 and 11)

Apia SamoaParham BEV 1972 Plants of Samoa New Zealand Dept Scientific and Industrial Res Wellington

New ZealandParker EM and RJ Hayward 1985 An Afar-English-French Dictionary School of Oriental and

African Studies University of London London UKParker SP 1989 McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Terms McGraw-Hill New

York New York USAParrotta JA 2001 Healing Plants of Peninsular India CABI Publishing New York New York

USAPassy AM 1999 Sephardic Folk Dictionary English to Ladino Ladino to English Published by

the author Los Angeles California USAPereira C and FV Agarez 1980 Botacircnica Taxonomia e Organografia das Angiospermas

Interamericana Rio de Janeiro BrazilPhone W 2007 Dictionary of Jicarilla Apache University of New Mexico Press Albuquerque New

Mexico USAPikia M 2006 African Traditional Plant Knowledge Today Lit Verlag Berlin GermanyPlants of the Philippines Work Group 1996 Plants of the Philippines Island Pub House ManilaPulte W (ed) 1975 Cherokee-English Dictionary Cherokee Nation of Oklahoma Tahlequah

Oklahoma USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 817

References

Ramser J K Weising C Lopez-Peralta W Terhalle R Terauchi and G Kahl 1997 Molecular marker based taxonomy and phylogeny of Guinea yam (Dioscorea rotundata ndash D cayenensis) Genome 40903-915

Rand ST 1888 Dictionary of the Language of the Micmac Indians Nova Scotia Printing Halifax Nova Scotia Canada

Raven PH RF Evert and SE Eichhorn 1992 Biology of Plants Worth New York New York USA

Reh M 1999 Anywa-English and English-Anywa Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlag Koumlln Germany

Reid LA (ed) 1971 Philippine Minor Languages Word Lists and Phonologies University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Reitz R 1972 Flora Ilustrada Catarinense Herbaacuterio Barbosa Rodrigues Itajaiacute Santa Catarina Brazil

Robinson LW and J Armagost 1990 Comanche Dictionary and Grammar The Summer Institute of Lingustics Dallas Texas USA

Ross D and GD Smith 1998 Scots-English English-Scots Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Royal Society Great Britain 1790 Ancient Cookery Society of Antiquaries of LondonCollection of ordinances and regulations for the government of the Royal Household London England

Rubino CRG 2000 Ilocano-English Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Rytz O (ed) 1960 Gonja-English Dictionary and Spelling Book 1960 Institute of African Studies University of Ghana Legon Ghana

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr and K Semrau 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 1 Allphabetisches Verzeichnis [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 1 Alphabetical List] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr K Semrau H Voigt and G Voll 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 2 100 Gemuumlsearten in 50 Sprachen [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 2 100 Vegetable Species 50 Languages] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Salaman RN 1940 Why ldquoJerusalemrdquo artichoke Royal Hort Soc LXVI338-348 376-383Saacutenchez-Monge y Parellada E 1981 Diccionario de Plantas Agricolas Ministry of Agriculture

Sercicio de Publ Agrarias Madrid SpainSapir E 1930 Southern Paiute a Shoshonean language Proceedings of the American Academy of

Arts and Sciences 651-296Schuh RG 1981 Dictionary of Ngizim University of California Press Berkeley California USASetchell WA 1924 American Samoa Carnegie Inst Pub 341 Washington DC USASeymour ELO 1990 The Wise Garden Encyclopedia Harper Collins New York New York USASiemonsma JS and K Piluek (eds) 1993 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 8 Vegetables

Pudoc Scientific Publishers Leiden the NetherlandsSimpson JA and Weiner ESC 1989 The Oxford English Dictionary 20 vols Claredon Press

Oxford UKSkinner N 1996 Hausa Comparative Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlan Koumlln GermanySlavov A 1999 Gypsy-English English-Gypsy Concise Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USASmith HH 1933 Ethnobotany of the Forest Potawatomi Indians Bull Pub Museum of the City of

Milwaukee Milwaukee Wisconsin USASoukup J 1980 Vocabulario de los nombres vulgares de la Flora Peruana y Cataacutelogo de los Geacuteneros

Editorial Salesiana Segunda Edicioacuten Lima Peru

818 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Soule J 1985 Glossary for Horticultural Crops John Wiley amp Sons New York New York USASperlich WB (ed) 1997 Tohi Vagahau Niue Niue Language Dictionary Government Press NiueSpring RK 2002 Balti-English English-Balti Dictionary RoutledgeCurzon New York New York

USASprinkle R 1976 Zhonggou Min nan yu Ying yu zi dian (Amoy-English Dictionary) Maryknoll

Fathers Taichung TaiwanStevels JMC 1990 Leacutegumes Traditionnels du Cameroun une Ecirctude Agro-botanique Wageningen

Agricultural University Papers Wageningen the NetherlandsStone G 2002 Upper Sorbian-English Dictionary Domowina Verlag GmbH Bautzen GermanyStroslashmme E (ed) 1993 Navn paring groslashnnsaker og krydderplanter Norsk plantenomenklaturraringd for

hagebruk FaginfoStatens fagtjeneste for landbruket Arings NorwaySubhadrabandhu S 1999 Ethnomedical uses of common plants in Thailand Chronica Horticulturae

39(1)7-9Svenson HK 1939 Monographic studies in the genus Eleocharis ndash V Rhodora 411-19Tanaka Y 1976 Tanakarsquos Cyclopedia of Edible Plants of the World Sasuke Nakao (ed) Keigaku

Pub Co Tokyo JapanTaylor FW 1995 Fulani-English Hippocrene Books New York New York USATerpstra G 1968 English-Tiv Dictionary Institute for African Studies University of Ibadan Ibadan

NigeriaTerrell E SR Hill JH Wiersema and WE Rice 1986 A Check List of Names for 3000 Vascular

Plants of Economic Importance United States Department of Agriculture Agricultural Handbook 505 Washington DC USA

Thibert A 1997 Eskimo-English English-Eskimo Dictionary AES + Laurier Pub Ottawa CanadaThomson DS 1994 The New English-Gaelic Dictionary GAIEM Glasgow Scotland UKTominaga T 1992 Fruits and vegetables in markets in Bintulu Sarawak Malaysia J Fac Agric

Shinshu University 29(2)137-147Torikashvili JJ 1992 Georgian-English English-Georgian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New

York New York USATovar O 1990 Tipos de Vegetacioacuten Diversidad Floristica y Estado de Conservacioacuten de la Cuenca

del Mantaro Centro de Datos para la Conservacioacuten Univ Nac Agraria La Molina Lima PeruUzicani NS 1995 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USA Van der Maesen LJG and S Somaatmadja (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No

1 Pulses Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVan Warmelo NJ 1989 Venda Dictionary Tsguvenḓa-English JL van Schaik Pretoria South

AfricaVan Wyk B-E 2005 Food Plants of the World Timber Press Portland Oregon USAVavilov NI 1992 Origin and Geography of Cultivated Plants Cambridge University Press

Cambridge UKVerheij EWM and RE Coronel (eds) 1991 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 2 Edible

Fruits and Nuts Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVestal PA and RE Schultes 1939 The Economic Botany of the Kiowa Indians Botanical Museum

Cambridge Massachusetts USAWells JC 2010 Orthographic diacritics and multilingual computing lthttpwwwphon uclacuk

homewellsdiadiacritics-revisedhtmgtWhistler WA 1991 Polynesian plant introductions pp 41-66 In Islands Plants and Polynesians

An Introduction to Polynesian Ethnobotany PA Cox and SA Banack (eds) Dioscorides Press Portland Oregon USA

Whistler WA 1991 The Ethnobotany of Tonga The Plants Their Tongan Names and Their Uses Bishop Museum Botany Bull 2 Bishop Museum Honolulu Hawaii USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 819

References

Wilder GP 1931 Flora of Rarotonga Bishop Museum Bull 86 Honolulu Hawaii USAWilliamson K 1993 Linguistic evidence for the use of some tree and tuber food plants in Southern

Nigeria pp 150-51 In Shaw T P Sinclair B Andah and A Okpoka The Archaeology of Africa Food Metals and Towns London UK

Williamson J 1960 Useful Plants of Malawi Government Printers Zomba MalawiWilliamson JP 1992 An English-Dakota Dictionary Minnesota Historical Soc Press St Paul

Minnesota USAWilson PM nd English-Swahili East African Literature Bureau Nairobi KenyaYuncker TG 1943 The Flora of Niue Island Bishop Museum Bull 178 Honolulu Hawaii USAYang Yigeng Lianci Liu Xuequn Chen Cailin Chen Guangfan Zhou and Keli Niao 1988

Classificational research for vegetables in mustard (Brassica juncea Coss) pp 342-347 In International Symposium on Horticultural Germplasm Cultivated and Wild Part II vegetables International Academic Publishers Beijing China

Yawalkar KS 1965 Vegetable Crops of India Agri-Horticultural Pub House Nagpur IndiaYoung RW and W Morgan 1980 The Navajo Language University of New Mexico Press

Albuquerque New Mexico USAYuncker TG 1945 Plants of the Manua Islands Bishop Museum Bull 184 Honolulu HawaiiYuncker TG 1959 Plants of Tonga Bishop Museum Bull 220 Honolulu Hawaii USAZohary D and M Hopf 2000 Domestication of Plants in the Old World Oxford University Press

Oxford UK

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 821

Appendices

Appendix I DiacriticsEnglish is one of the few languages that utilizes the standard 26 letters of the Latin alphabet Many other Latin alphabet-based languages supplement the sounds that can be represented by the letters using diacritics (eg aacute atilde acirc auml aring ā ă ą ȁ ȧ ạ ả a ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ) (Wells 2010) Diacritics used in the text are listed below however their effect on pronunciation is not consistent across languages As a consequence it is best to consult an explanation of the use of diacritics for each language

Acute accents (eg aacute ǽ ć eacute iacute oacute ĺ ń ŕ ś uacute z) have a wide range of applications depending upon the language For example in certain languages (eg Lakota Portuguese Spanish) they represent stressed vowels In certain other languages they indicate a long vowel (eg Czech Hungarian Irish) and in Polish palatalization In some African languages an acute accent over a vowel typically indicates a rising tone while over d k or t in Senegalese languages it hardens and shortens the letter A double acute (eg ő ű) is primarily used in Hungarian and acts as a combination of an acute and a diaeresis giving a longer sound to the respective letters

A grave accent (eg agrave egrave igrave ograve ugrave y) like an acute accent has various effects on pronunciation depending upon the language In French a grave accent indicates a half-open vowel in Italian and Catalan it is a stressed vowel in Scottish Gaelic a long vowel and in Vietnamese it denotes a low tone In a number of the African languages listed a grave accent over a vowel denotes a falling tone

In certain African languages a double grave accent (eg ȁ ȅ ȉ ȍ ȑ ȕ) over a vowel indicates a deeper falling tone when following a syllable already under a falling tone Likewise in Serbian Croatian and Slovenian a double grave accent indicates a falling tone

A circumflex accent (eg acirc ecirc icirc ocirc ucirc ŵ y) in Welsh denotes a long vowel including ŵ and y which are also vowels In Chichewa ŵ is a bilabial fricative while in Portuguese acirc ecirc icirc and ocirc are nasalized vowels In Turkish a circumflex appears over an a or u when a preceding consonant (eg k g l) is pronounced as a palatal plosive while in certain African languages a circumflex accent over a vowel indicates a rising tone In Potawatomi ecirc is pronounced as in the English word bet icirc as in bit and ucirc as in luck (Smith 1933) while in Kiowa the circumflex (icirc t) indicates a combination of an acute and a grave accent

A inverted circumflex also known as a hachek (eg č ě š ž) is represented by a relatively sharp wedge over the letter In Czech Slovak Croation Slovene and certain other languages š and ž indicate palato-alveolar fricatives In Amharic the grapheme č denotes the voiceless postalveolar affricate consonant similar to ch in the English word chocolate ğ signals [dʒ] and š signals [ʃ] In Czech č is a voiceless affricate while a hachek over an e indicates palatalization of the preceding consonant In several of the African languages listed a hachek over a consonant indicates a hardened aspiration a fricative or sibilant however when over a vowel it denotes a falling tone in the Nigerian languages

The breve (eg ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ) differs from the hachek in that it is more rounded In several languages it denotes the shortness of a vowel For example in Romanian ă indicates a mid central vowel In several of the African languages the presence of a breve over a vowel shortens it

A macron over a vowel (eg ā ē ī ō ū) indicates a long vowel in Maori Hawaiian and Latvian while in Yoruba it indicates a mid tone In certain African languages a macron lengthens a vowel though more commonly the vowel is doubled to show length In Pinyin ā ē ī ō ū ǖ are used to indicate the

822 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

first tone of Mandarin Chinese In contrast a macron under a vowel (eg a e i o u) in several of the African languages indicates a low level pitch

An overdot (eg ȧ ḃ ċ ḋ ė ḟ ġ ḣ ṁ ṅ ȯ ṗ ṙ ṡ ṫ ẇ ẋ ẏ ż) when used as a diacritic (in contrast to the letters i and j where the dot over the letter is a nondistinctive mark) has several functions In Lithuanian ė stands for a half closed vowel In Maltese ċ is a voiceless postalveolar affricate while in Lakota it is sometimes used to indicate an explosive stop In some of the African languages ṅ indicates ng as in the English sing

A dot under a letter (eg ạ ḅ ḍ ẹ ḥ ḳ ḷ ṃ ṇ ọ ṛ s ṭ ụ ṿ ẉ ẓ) in Vietnamese indicates a low glottal tone when under a vowel In Igbo it indicates a reduction of the height of the vowel while in Yoruba when used under a consonant an underdot indicates a sibilant sound as in s = sh In several of the African languages a dot under a vowel makes it more open

A diaeresis or trema is created using two dots over the letter (eg auml euml iuml ouml uuml) When placed over one of two adjacent vowels a diaeresis indicates the vowels are sounded separately (ie split into two syllables rather than pronounced as a digraph) A variation of this is the German umlaut where auml ouml and uuml represent front vowels This changes the sound as in auml = ae

A tilde is written over a letter (eg atilde ĩ ntilde otilde ũ) to indicate a change in pronunciation In Spanish Basque Filipino Galacian Guarani and certain other languages it represents a palatal nasal consonant In other letters a tilde indicates nasalization of the base vowel in Portuguese and Guarani In Estonian otilde stands for a close-mid back unrounded vowel in Guarani g stands for the nasalized upper central rounded vowel and in Vietnamese a tilde over a vowel represents a dipping tone

A ring over a letter (eg aring ů w y) especially the letter a is a distinctive feature in Danish Norwegian and Swedish The letter ů is used in Czech where it has the same pronunciation as uacute but changes to a short o in declension A ring under a letter (eg ḁ) may also be used in certain Indo-European languages to indicate syllabicity

A hook (eg ả ẻ ỉ ỏ ủ ỷ) appears as a small question mark placed on the top of vowels in the Vietnamese language causing them to be pronounced with a falling then rising tone

A stroke (eg oslash) also called a slash is a diacritic that is placed through the letters o in Danish and Norwegian creating a half-close front rounded vowel A velarized l (eg ł) in Polish is pronounced as w

A bar (eg đ ħ ŧ) is a diacritic the effect of which varies with the language in question The Croatian letter đ represents a palatalized d which can also be written as the digraph dj (Wells 2010) In the Vietnamese alphabet however đ stands for [d] while in Saacutemi đ and ŧ are fricatives In Maltese ħ represents a voiceless pharyngeal fricative

The horn (eg ơ ư) is a Vietnamese diacritic that creates unrounded variants of each vowel and are considered as separate letters from o and u

A cedilla (eg ccedil ş) originated from Spanish and is represented by a miniature curved structure at the base of the letters c and s With ccedil it represents a soft sound s rather than a hard sound k before a o u or at the end of a word in Basque Catalan French and Portuguese However in Albanian Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ccedil represents a voiceless affricate In Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ş represents a voiceless postalveolar fricative ʃ

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 823

Appendices

A comma at the base of a letter (ķ ļ ņ ŗ ţ) is used as a diacritic in several languages (eg Latvian Romanian) and represents various soft consonants With the letter g the comma is reversed and placed out of necessity over the lower case letter (ģ)

A tail or ogonek (eg ą ę į ų) is used in several eastern European languages In Polish ą and ę denote nasalized vowels In Lithuanian the tail simply means a long vowel In transcriptions of Navajo Kiowa and certain other Amerindian languages the diacritic is used to indicate nasalization (Harrington 1928)

A dot (eg ạ ẹ ị ọ ụ ỵ) in Vietnamese indicates a low tone and glottalized or tense voice while in Yoruba ạ and ẹ denote a half-open vowel A dotted s represents a palatoalveolar fricative ʃ A dot is also sometimes used in Romanization of languages using non-Latin alphabets For example several languages from Southeast Asia use a dot under d n s and t to represent retroflex consonants while under d s or t in the Romanization of Arabic it represents an emphatic consonant

An apostrophe (rsquo) has an exceptionally wide range of uses as a diacritic In Hausa it indicates a glottalisation of the following consonant or when between two vowels a glottal stop In the Romanization of Mandarin Chinese it marks aspiration of the preceding consonant sound as in tsrsquoecirc where tsrsquo is aspirated In English it denotes possessive as in the common name giant elephantrsquos ear (Colocasia gigantea (Blume) Hook f) In Swahili when placed after ng (ngrsquo) the g is silent as in the English word singer while in Italian it is occasionally used for a grave accent after a final vowel In some languages (eg Guarani Hawaiian Samoan Tahitian Tongan) and transliterations the apostrophe is used to indicate a glottal stop Likewise it may indicate the presence or lack of palatalization in Belarusian Russian and Ukrainian depending upon where it is used In Southern Paiute -krsquow indicates the w is unvoiced at the end of the word With -ngrsquow the w at the end of the word is unvoiced (Martineau 1992) In some languages an apostrophe is used to separate the root word from its affixes especially if the root word is foreign and unassimilated

The effect of two diacritics on a single letter (eg ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ ế ề ể ễ ệ ǖ ǘ ǚ ǜ) varies with the language in question In Vietnamese one may relate to the vowel quality and the other to the tone

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

816 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Martineau L 1992 The Southern Paiutes Legends Lore Language and Lineage KC Publications Las Vegas Nevada USA

McNeill J FR Barrie HM Burdet V Demoulin DL Hawksworth K Marhold DH Nicolson J Prado PC Silva JE Skog and JH Wiersema (eds) 2005 International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code) adopted by the seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna Austria ARG Ganter Koumlnigstein Germany

Mertz O AM Lykke and A Reenberg 2001 Importance and seasonality of vegetable consumption and marketing in Burkina Faso Econ Bot 55276-289

Milner GB 1993 Samoan Dictionary Polynesian Press Aotearoa New ZealandMintz MW 1971 Bikol Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAMochari M (ed) 1985 Bodo-English Dictionary The Bodo Catholic Youth Association Bengtol

Kakrajhar Assam IndiaMolina FS H Valenzuela and DL Shaul 1999 Yoeme-English English-Yoeme Standard

Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA Motus C 1971 Hiligaynon Dictionary Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USAMunro P and C Willmond 1994 Chickasaw An Analytical Dictionary University Oklahoma Press

Norman OklahomaNewman S 1958 Zuni Dictionary Intern J Amer Linguistics 24117pNiang M 1997 Pulaar-English English-Pulaar Hippocrene Books New York New York USANichols J and A Vagapov 2004 Chechen-English and English-Chechen Dictionary

RoutledgeCurzon New York New York USANguyen MLT 2005 Bạc hagrave (Colocasia gigantean [Blume] Hook f) in the culinary history of

Vietnamese-Americans Econ Bot 59185-196Oideachais AR 1978 Ainmneacha Plandai Agus Ainmhithe Baile Atha Cliath Oifig an tSolathair

IrelandOideachais AR 1978 Focloir Talmhaiochta An Gum Baile Atha Cliath IrelandOumlztopccedilu K Z Abuov N Kambarov and Y Azemoun 1996 Dictionary of the Turkic Languages

Routledge New York New York USAParham BEV 1957 Some Samoan plant names Laufasi Ola Dept Agri Circ 2(5 and 7) Apia

SamoaParham BEV 1958 Some Samoan plant names Laufasi Ola Dept Agri Circ 3(5 8 and 11)

Apia SamoaParham BEV 1972 Plants of Samoa New Zealand Dept Scientific and Industrial Res Wellington

New ZealandParker EM and RJ Hayward 1985 An Afar-English-French Dictionary School of Oriental and

African Studies University of London London UKParker SP 1989 McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Terms McGraw-Hill New

York New York USAParrotta JA 2001 Healing Plants of Peninsular India CABI Publishing New York New York

USAPassy AM 1999 Sephardic Folk Dictionary English to Ladino Ladino to English Published by

the author Los Angeles California USAPereira C and FV Agarez 1980 Botacircnica Taxonomia e Organografia das Angiospermas

Interamericana Rio de Janeiro BrazilPhone W 2007 Dictionary of Jicarilla Apache University of New Mexico Press Albuquerque New

Mexico USAPikia M 2006 African Traditional Plant Knowledge Today Lit Verlag Berlin GermanyPlants of the Philippines Work Group 1996 Plants of the Philippines Island Pub House ManilaPulte W (ed) 1975 Cherokee-English Dictionary Cherokee Nation of Oklahoma Tahlequah

Oklahoma USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 817

References

Ramser J K Weising C Lopez-Peralta W Terhalle R Terauchi and G Kahl 1997 Molecular marker based taxonomy and phylogeny of Guinea yam (Dioscorea rotundata ndash D cayenensis) Genome 40903-915

Rand ST 1888 Dictionary of the Language of the Micmac Indians Nova Scotia Printing Halifax Nova Scotia Canada

Raven PH RF Evert and SE Eichhorn 1992 Biology of Plants Worth New York New York USA

Reh M 1999 Anywa-English and English-Anywa Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlag Koumlln Germany

Reid LA (ed) 1971 Philippine Minor Languages Word Lists and Phonologies University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Reitz R 1972 Flora Ilustrada Catarinense Herbaacuterio Barbosa Rodrigues Itajaiacute Santa Catarina Brazil

Robinson LW and J Armagost 1990 Comanche Dictionary and Grammar The Summer Institute of Lingustics Dallas Texas USA

Ross D and GD Smith 1998 Scots-English English-Scots Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Royal Society Great Britain 1790 Ancient Cookery Society of Antiquaries of LondonCollection of ordinances and regulations for the government of the Royal Household London England

Rubino CRG 2000 Ilocano-English Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Rytz O (ed) 1960 Gonja-English Dictionary and Spelling Book 1960 Institute of African Studies University of Ghana Legon Ghana

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr and K Semrau 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 1 Allphabetisches Verzeichnis [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 1 Alphabetical List] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr K Semrau H Voigt and G Voll 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 2 100 Gemuumlsearten in 50 Sprachen [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 2 100 Vegetable Species 50 Languages] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Salaman RN 1940 Why ldquoJerusalemrdquo artichoke Royal Hort Soc LXVI338-348 376-383Saacutenchez-Monge y Parellada E 1981 Diccionario de Plantas Agricolas Ministry of Agriculture

Sercicio de Publ Agrarias Madrid SpainSapir E 1930 Southern Paiute a Shoshonean language Proceedings of the American Academy of

Arts and Sciences 651-296Schuh RG 1981 Dictionary of Ngizim University of California Press Berkeley California USASetchell WA 1924 American Samoa Carnegie Inst Pub 341 Washington DC USASeymour ELO 1990 The Wise Garden Encyclopedia Harper Collins New York New York USASiemonsma JS and K Piluek (eds) 1993 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 8 Vegetables

Pudoc Scientific Publishers Leiden the NetherlandsSimpson JA and Weiner ESC 1989 The Oxford English Dictionary 20 vols Claredon Press

Oxford UKSkinner N 1996 Hausa Comparative Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlan Koumlln GermanySlavov A 1999 Gypsy-English English-Gypsy Concise Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USASmith HH 1933 Ethnobotany of the Forest Potawatomi Indians Bull Pub Museum of the City of

Milwaukee Milwaukee Wisconsin USASoukup J 1980 Vocabulario de los nombres vulgares de la Flora Peruana y Cataacutelogo de los Geacuteneros

Editorial Salesiana Segunda Edicioacuten Lima Peru

818 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Soule J 1985 Glossary for Horticultural Crops John Wiley amp Sons New York New York USASperlich WB (ed) 1997 Tohi Vagahau Niue Niue Language Dictionary Government Press NiueSpring RK 2002 Balti-English English-Balti Dictionary RoutledgeCurzon New York New York

USASprinkle R 1976 Zhonggou Min nan yu Ying yu zi dian (Amoy-English Dictionary) Maryknoll

Fathers Taichung TaiwanStevels JMC 1990 Leacutegumes Traditionnels du Cameroun une Ecirctude Agro-botanique Wageningen

Agricultural University Papers Wageningen the NetherlandsStone G 2002 Upper Sorbian-English Dictionary Domowina Verlag GmbH Bautzen GermanyStroslashmme E (ed) 1993 Navn paring groslashnnsaker og krydderplanter Norsk plantenomenklaturraringd for

hagebruk FaginfoStatens fagtjeneste for landbruket Arings NorwaySubhadrabandhu S 1999 Ethnomedical uses of common plants in Thailand Chronica Horticulturae

39(1)7-9Svenson HK 1939 Monographic studies in the genus Eleocharis ndash V Rhodora 411-19Tanaka Y 1976 Tanakarsquos Cyclopedia of Edible Plants of the World Sasuke Nakao (ed) Keigaku

Pub Co Tokyo JapanTaylor FW 1995 Fulani-English Hippocrene Books New York New York USATerpstra G 1968 English-Tiv Dictionary Institute for African Studies University of Ibadan Ibadan

NigeriaTerrell E SR Hill JH Wiersema and WE Rice 1986 A Check List of Names for 3000 Vascular

Plants of Economic Importance United States Department of Agriculture Agricultural Handbook 505 Washington DC USA

Thibert A 1997 Eskimo-English English-Eskimo Dictionary AES + Laurier Pub Ottawa CanadaThomson DS 1994 The New English-Gaelic Dictionary GAIEM Glasgow Scotland UKTominaga T 1992 Fruits and vegetables in markets in Bintulu Sarawak Malaysia J Fac Agric

Shinshu University 29(2)137-147Torikashvili JJ 1992 Georgian-English English-Georgian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New

York New York USATovar O 1990 Tipos de Vegetacioacuten Diversidad Floristica y Estado de Conservacioacuten de la Cuenca

del Mantaro Centro de Datos para la Conservacioacuten Univ Nac Agraria La Molina Lima PeruUzicani NS 1995 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USA Van der Maesen LJG and S Somaatmadja (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No

1 Pulses Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVan Warmelo NJ 1989 Venda Dictionary Tsguvenḓa-English JL van Schaik Pretoria South

AfricaVan Wyk B-E 2005 Food Plants of the World Timber Press Portland Oregon USAVavilov NI 1992 Origin and Geography of Cultivated Plants Cambridge University Press

Cambridge UKVerheij EWM and RE Coronel (eds) 1991 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 2 Edible

Fruits and Nuts Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVestal PA and RE Schultes 1939 The Economic Botany of the Kiowa Indians Botanical Museum

Cambridge Massachusetts USAWells JC 2010 Orthographic diacritics and multilingual computing lthttpwwwphon uclacuk

homewellsdiadiacritics-revisedhtmgtWhistler WA 1991 Polynesian plant introductions pp 41-66 In Islands Plants and Polynesians

An Introduction to Polynesian Ethnobotany PA Cox and SA Banack (eds) Dioscorides Press Portland Oregon USA

Whistler WA 1991 The Ethnobotany of Tonga The Plants Their Tongan Names and Their Uses Bishop Museum Botany Bull 2 Bishop Museum Honolulu Hawaii USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 819

References

Wilder GP 1931 Flora of Rarotonga Bishop Museum Bull 86 Honolulu Hawaii USAWilliamson K 1993 Linguistic evidence for the use of some tree and tuber food plants in Southern

Nigeria pp 150-51 In Shaw T P Sinclair B Andah and A Okpoka The Archaeology of Africa Food Metals and Towns London UK

Williamson J 1960 Useful Plants of Malawi Government Printers Zomba MalawiWilliamson JP 1992 An English-Dakota Dictionary Minnesota Historical Soc Press St Paul

Minnesota USAWilson PM nd English-Swahili East African Literature Bureau Nairobi KenyaYuncker TG 1943 The Flora of Niue Island Bishop Museum Bull 178 Honolulu Hawaii USAYang Yigeng Lianci Liu Xuequn Chen Cailin Chen Guangfan Zhou and Keli Niao 1988

Classificational research for vegetables in mustard (Brassica juncea Coss) pp 342-347 In International Symposium on Horticultural Germplasm Cultivated and Wild Part II vegetables International Academic Publishers Beijing China

Yawalkar KS 1965 Vegetable Crops of India Agri-Horticultural Pub House Nagpur IndiaYoung RW and W Morgan 1980 The Navajo Language University of New Mexico Press

Albuquerque New Mexico USAYuncker TG 1945 Plants of the Manua Islands Bishop Museum Bull 184 Honolulu HawaiiYuncker TG 1959 Plants of Tonga Bishop Museum Bull 220 Honolulu Hawaii USAZohary D and M Hopf 2000 Domestication of Plants in the Old World Oxford University Press

Oxford UK

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 821

Appendices

Appendix I DiacriticsEnglish is one of the few languages that utilizes the standard 26 letters of the Latin alphabet Many other Latin alphabet-based languages supplement the sounds that can be represented by the letters using diacritics (eg aacute atilde acirc auml aring ā ă ą ȁ ȧ ạ ả a ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ) (Wells 2010) Diacritics used in the text are listed below however their effect on pronunciation is not consistent across languages As a consequence it is best to consult an explanation of the use of diacritics for each language

Acute accents (eg aacute ǽ ć eacute iacute oacute ĺ ń ŕ ś uacute z) have a wide range of applications depending upon the language For example in certain languages (eg Lakota Portuguese Spanish) they represent stressed vowels In certain other languages they indicate a long vowel (eg Czech Hungarian Irish) and in Polish palatalization In some African languages an acute accent over a vowel typically indicates a rising tone while over d k or t in Senegalese languages it hardens and shortens the letter A double acute (eg ő ű) is primarily used in Hungarian and acts as a combination of an acute and a diaeresis giving a longer sound to the respective letters

A grave accent (eg agrave egrave igrave ograve ugrave y) like an acute accent has various effects on pronunciation depending upon the language In French a grave accent indicates a half-open vowel in Italian and Catalan it is a stressed vowel in Scottish Gaelic a long vowel and in Vietnamese it denotes a low tone In a number of the African languages listed a grave accent over a vowel denotes a falling tone

In certain African languages a double grave accent (eg ȁ ȅ ȉ ȍ ȑ ȕ) over a vowel indicates a deeper falling tone when following a syllable already under a falling tone Likewise in Serbian Croatian and Slovenian a double grave accent indicates a falling tone

A circumflex accent (eg acirc ecirc icirc ocirc ucirc ŵ y) in Welsh denotes a long vowel including ŵ and y which are also vowels In Chichewa ŵ is a bilabial fricative while in Portuguese acirc ecirc icirc and ocirc are nasalized vowels In Turkish a circumflex appears over an a or u when a preceding consonant (eg k g l) is pronounced as a palatal plosive while in certain African languages a circumflex accent over a vowel indicates a rising tone In Potawatomi ecirc is pronounced as in the English word bet icirc as in bit and ucirc as in luck (Smith 1933) while in Kiowa the circumflex (icirc t) indicates a combination of an acute and a grave accent

A inverted circumflex also known as a hachek (eg č ě š ž) is represented by a relatively sharp wedge over the letter In Czech Slovak Croation Slovene and certain other languages š and ž indicate palato-alveolar fricatives In Amharic the grapheme č denotes the voiceless postalveolar affricate consonant similar to ch in the English word chocolate ğ signals [dʒ] and š signals [ʃ] In Czech č is a voiceless affricate while a hachek over an e indicates palatalization of the preceding consonant In several of the African languages listed a hachek over a consonant indicates a hardened aspiration a fricative or sibilant however when over a vowel it denotes a falling tone in the Nigerian languages

The breve (eg ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ) differs from the hachek in that it is more rounded In several languages it denotes the shortness of a vowel For example in Romanian ă indicates a mid central vowel In several of the African languages the presence of a breve over a vowel shortens it

A macron over a vowel (eg ā ē ī ō ū) indicates a long vowel in Maori Hawaiian and Latvian while in Yoruba it indicates a mid tone In certain African languages a macron lengthens a vowel though more commonly the vowel is doubled to show length In Pinyin ā ē ī ō ū ǖ are used to indicate the

822 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

first tone of Mandarin Chinese In contrast a macron under a vowel (eg a e i o u) in several of the African languages indicates a low level pitch

An overdot (eg ȧ ḃ ċ ḋ ė ḟ ġ ḣ ṁ ṅ ȯ ṗ ṙ ṡ ṫ ẇ ẋ ẏ ż) when used as a diacritic (in contrast to the letters i and j where the dot over the letter is a nondistinctive mark) has several functions In Lithuanian ė stands for a half closed vowel In Maltese ċ is a voiceless postalveolar affricate while in Lakota it is sometimes used to indicate an explosive stop In some of the African languages ṅ indicates ng as in the English sing

A dot under a letter (eg ạ ḅ ḍ ẹ ḥ ḳ ḷ ṃ ṇ ọ ṛ s ṭ ụ ṿ ẉ ẓ) in Vietnamese indicates a low glottal tone when under a vowel In Igbo it indicates a reduction of the height of the vowel while in Yoruba when used under a consonant an underdot indicates a sibilant sound as in s = sh In several of the African languages a dot under a vowel makes it more open

A diaeresis or trema is created using two dots over the letter (eg auml euml iuml ouml uuml) When placed over one of two adjacent vowels a diaeresis indicates the vowels are sounded separately (ie split into two syllables rather than pronounced as a digraph) A variation of this is the German umlaut where auml ouml and uuml represent front vowels This changes the sound as in auml = ae

A tilde is written over a letter (eg atilde ĩ ntilde otilde ũ) to indicate a change in pronunciation In Spanish Basque Filipino Galacian Guarani and certain other languages it represents a palatal nasal consonant In other letters a tilde indicates nasalization of the base vowel in Portuguese and Guarani In Estonian otilde stands for a close-mid back unrounded vowel in Guarani g stands for the nasalized upper central rounded vowel and in Vietnamese a tilde over a vowel represents a dipping tone

A ring over a letter (eg aring ů w y) especially the letter a is a distinctive feature in Danish Norwegian and Swedish The letter ů is used in Czech where it has the same pronunciation as uacute but changes to a short o in declension A ring under a letter (eg ḁ) may also be used in certain Indo-European languages to indicate syllabicity

A hook (eg ả ẻ ỉ ỏ ủ ỷ) appears as a small question mark placed on the top of vowels in the Vietnamese language causing them to be pronounced with a falling then rising tone

A stroke (eg oslash) also called a slash is a diacritic that is placed through the letters o in Danish and Norwegian creating a half-close front rounded vowel A velarized l (eg ł) in Polish is pronounced as w

A bar (eg đ ħ ŧ) is a diacritic the effect of which varies with the language in question The Croatian letter đ represents a palatalized d which can also be written as the digraph dj (Wells 2010) In the Vietnamese alphabet however đ stands for [d] while in Saacutemi đ and ŧ are fricatives In Maltese ħ represents a voiceless pharyngeal fricative

The horn (eg ơ ư) is a Vietnamese diacritic that creates unrounded variants of each vowel and are considered as separate letters from o and u

A cedilla (eg ccedil ş) originated from Spanish and is represented by a miniature curved structure at the base of the letters c and s With ccedil it represents a soft sound s rather than a hard sound k before a o u or at the end of a word in Basque Catalan French and Portuguese However in Albanian Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ccedil represents a voiceless affricate In Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ş represents a voiceless postalveolar fricative ʃ

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 823

Appendices

A comma at the base of a letter (ķ ļ ņ ŗ ţ) is used as a diacritic in several languages (eg Latvian Romanian) and represents various soft consonants With the letter g the comma is reversed and placed out of necessity over the lower case letter (ģ)

A tail or ogonek (eg ą ę į ų) is used in several eastern European languages In Polish ą and ę denote nasalized vowels In Lithuanian the tail simply means a long vowel In transcriptions of Navajo Kiowa and certain other Amerindian languages the diacritic is used to indicate nasalization (Harrington 1928)

A dot (eg ạ ẹ ị ọ ụ ỵ) in Vietnamese indicates a low tone and glottalized or tense voice while in Yoruba ạ and ẹ denote a half-open vowel A dotted s represents a palatoalveolar fricative ʃ A dot is also sometimes used in Romanization of languages using non-Latin alphabets For example several languages from Southeast Asia use a dot under d n s and t to represent retroflex consonants while under d s or t in the Romanization of Arabic it represents an emphatic consonant

An apostrophe (rsquo) has an exceptionally wide range of uses as a diacritic In Hausa it indicates a glottalisation of the following consonant or when between two vowels a glottal stop In the Romanization of Mandarin Chinese it marks aspiration of the preceding consonant sound as in tsrsquoecirc where tsrsquo is aspirated In English it denotes possessive as in the common name giant elephantrsquos ear (Colocasia gigantea (Blume) Hook f) In Swahili when placed after ng (ngrsquo) the g is silent as in the English word singer while in Italian it is occasionally used for a grave accent after a final vowel In some languages (eg Guarani Hawaiian Samoan Tahitian Tongan) and transliterations the apostrophe is used to indicate a glottal stop Likewise it may indicate the presence or lack of palatalization in Belarusian Russian and Ukrainian depending upon where it is used In Southern Paiute -krsquow indicates the w is unvoiced at the end of the word With -ngrsquow the w at the end of the word is unvoiced (Martineau 1992) In some languages an apostrophe is used to separate the root word from its affixes especially if the root word is foreign and unassimilated

The effect of two diacritics on a single letter (eg ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ ế ề ể ễ ệ ǖ ǘ ǚ ǜ) varies with the language in question In Vietnamese one may relate to the vowel quality and the other to the tone

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 817

References

Ramser J K Weising C Lopez-Peralta W Terhalle R Terauchi and G Kahl 1997 Molecular marker based taxonomy and phylogeny of Guinea yam (Dioscorea rotundata ndash D cayenensis) Genome 40903-915

Rand ST 1888 Dictionary of the Language of the Micmac Indians Nova Scotia Printing Halifax Nova Scotia Canada

Raven PH RF Evert and SE Eichhorn 1992 Biology of Plants Worth New York New York USA

Reh M 1999 Anywa-English and English-Anywa Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlag Koumlln Germany

Reid LA (ed) 1971 Philippine Minor Languages Word Lists and Phonologies University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Reitz R 1972 Flora Ilustrada Catarinense Herbaacuterio Barbosa Rodrigues Itajaiacute Santa Catarina Brazil

Robinson LW and J Armagost 1990 Comanche Dictionary and Grammar The Summer Institute of Lingustics Dallas Texas USA

Ross D and GD Smith 1998 Scots-English English-Scots Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York New York USA

Royal Society Great Britain 1790 Ancient Cookery Society of Antiquaries of LondonCollection of ordinances and regulations for the government of the Royal Household London England

Rubino CRG 2000 Ilocano-English Dictionary University of Hawaii Press Honolulu Hawaii USA

Rytz O (ed) 1960 Gonja-English Dictionary and Spelling Book 1960 Institute of African Studies University of Ghana Legon Ghana

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr and K Semrau 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 1 Allphabetisches Verzeichnis [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 1 Alphabetical List] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Sahrmuumlller R H-S Banholzer I Galler F Bummeltenberg D Kulewatz I Lepiksarr K Semrau H Voigt and G Voll 1990 Mehrsprachiges Verzeichnis der Gemuumlsenamen Teil 2 100 Gemuumlsearten in 50 Sprachen [Index of Vegetable Names in Several Languages Part 2 100 Vegetable Species 50 Languages] Institut fuumlr Gemuumlseproduktion Grossbeeren Germany

Salaman RN 1940 Why ldquoJerusalemrdquo artichoke Royal Hort Soc LXVI338-348 376-383Saacutenchez-Monge y Parellada E 1981 Diccionario de Plantas Agricolas Ministry of Agriculture

Sercicio de Publ Agrarias Madrid SpainSapir E 1930 Southern Paiute a Shoshonean language Proceedings of the American Academy of

Arts and Sciences 651-296Schuh RG 1981 Dictionary of Ngizim University of California Press Berkeley California USASetchell WA 1924 American Samoa Carnegie Inst Pub 341 Washington DC USASeymour ELO 1990 The Wise Garden Encyclopedia Harper Collins New York New York USASiemonsma JS and K Piluek (eds) 1993 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 8 Vegetables

Pudoc Scientific Publishers Leiden the NetherlandsSimpson JA and Weiner ESC 1989 The Oxford English Dictionary 20 vols Claredon Press

Oxford UKSkinner N 1996 Hausa Comparative Dictionary Ruumldiger Koumlppe Verlan Koumlln GermanySlavov A 1999 Gypsy-English English-Gypsy Concise Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USASmith HH 1933 Ethnobotany of the Forest Potawatomi Indians Bull Pub Museum of the City of

Milwaukee Milwaukee Wisconsin USASoukup J 1980 Vocabulario de los nombres vulgares de la Flora Peruana y Cataacutelogo de los Geacuteneros

Editorial Salesiana Segunda Edicioacuten Lima Peru

818 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Soule J 1985 Glossary for Horticultural Crops John Wiley amp Sons New York New York USASperlich WB (ed) 1997 Tohi Vagahau Niue Niue Language Dictionary Government Press NiueSpring RK 2002 Balti-English English-Balti Dictionary RoutledgeCurzon New York New York

USASprinkle R 1976 Zhonggou Min nan yu Ying yu zi dian (Amoy-English Dictionary) Maryknoll

Fathers Taichung TaiwanStevels JMC 1990 Leacutegumes Traditionnels du Cameroun une Ecirctude Agro-botanique Wageningen

Agricultural University Papers Wageningen the NetherlandsStone G 2002 Upper Sorbian-English Dictionary Domowina Verlag GmbH Bautzen GermanyStroslashmme E (ed) 1993 Navn paring groslashnnsaker og krydderplanter Norsk plantenomenklaturraringd for

hagebruk FaginfoStatens fagtjeneste for landbruket Arings NorwaySubhadrabandhu S 1999 Ethnomedical uses of common plants in Thailand Chronica Horticulturae

39(1)7-9Svenson HK 1939 Monographic studies in the genus Eleocharis ndash V Rhodora 411-19Tanaka Y 1976 Tanakarsquos Cyclopedia of Edible Plants of the World Sasuke Nakao (ed) Keigaku

Pub Co Tokyo JapanTaylor FW 1995 Fulani-English Hippocrene Books New York New York USATerpstra G 1968 English-Tiv Dictionary Institute for African Studies University of Ibadan Ibadan

NigeriaTerrell E SR Hill JH Wiersema and WE Rice 1986 A Check List of Names for 3000 Vascular

Plants of Economic Importance United States Department of Agriculture Agricultural Handbook 505 Washington DC USA

Thibert A 1997 Eskimo-English English-Eskimo Dictionary AES + Laurier Pub Ottawa CanadaThomson DS 1994 The New English-Gaelic Dictionary GAIEM Glasgow Scotland UKTominaga T 1992 Fruits and vegetables in markets in Bintulu Sarawak Malaysia J Fac Agric

Shinshu University 29(2)137-147Torikashvili JJ 1992 Georgian-English English-Georgian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New

York New York USATovar O 1990 Tipos de Vegetacioacuten Diversidad Floristica y Estado de Conservacioacuten de la Cuenca

del Mantaro Centro de Datos para la Conservacioacuten Univ Nac Agraria La Molina Lima PeruUzicani NS 1995 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USA Van der Maesen LJG and S Somaatmadja (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No

1 Pulses Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVan Warmelo NJ 1989 Venda Dictionary Tsguvenḓa-English JL van Schaik Pretoria South

AfricaVan Wyk B-E 2005 Food Plants of the World Timber Press Portland Oregon USAVavilov NI 1992 Origin and Geography of Cultivated Plants Cambridge University Press

Cambridge UKVerheij EWM and RE Coronel (eds) 1991 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 2 Edible

Fruits and Nuts Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVestal PA and RE Schultes 1939 The Economic Botany of the Kiowa Indians Botanical Museum

Cambridge Massachusetts USAWells JC 2010 Orthographic diacritics and multilingual computing lthttpwwwphon uclacuk

homewellsdiadiacritics-revisedhtmgtWhistler WA 1991 Polynesian plant introductions pp 41-66 In Islands Plants and Polynesians

An Introduction to Polynesian Ethnobotany PA Cox and SA Banack (eds) Dioscorides Press Portland Oregon USA

Whistler WA 1991 The Ethnobotany of Tonga The Plants Their Tongan Names and Their Uses Bishop Museum Botany Bull 2 Bishop Museum Honolulu Hawaii USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 819

References

Wilder GP 1931 Flora of Rarotonga Bishop Museum Bull 86 Honolulu Hawaii USAWilliamson K 1993 Linguistic evidence for the use of some tree and tuber food plants in Southern

Nigeria pp 150-51 In Shaw T P Sinclair B Andah and A Okpoka The Archaeology of Africa Food Metals and Towns London UK

Williamson J 1960 Useful Plants of Malawi Government Printers Zomba MalawiWilliamson JP 1992 An English-Dakota Dictionary Minnesota Historical Soc Press St Paul

Minnesota USAWilson PM nd English-Swahili East African Literature Bureau Nairobi KenyaYuncker TG 1943 The Flora of Niue Island Bishop Museum Bull 178 Honolulu Hawaii USAYang Yigeng Lianci Liu Xuequn Chen Cailin Chen Guangfan Zhou and Keli Niao 1988

Classificational research for vegetables in mustard (Brassica juncea Coss) pp 342-347 In International Symposium on Horticultural Germplasm Cultivated and Wild Part II vegetables International Academic Publishers Beijing China

Yawalkar KS 1965 Vegetable Crops of India Agri-Horticultural Pub House Nagpur IndiaYoung RW and W Morgan 1980 The Navajo Language University of New Mexico Press

Albuquerque New Mexico USAYuncker TG 1945 Plants of the Manua Islands Bishop Museum Bull 184 Honolulu HawaiiYuncker TG 1959 Plants of Tonga Bishop Museum Bull 220 Honolulu Hawaii USAZohary D and M Hopf 2000 Domestication of Plants in the Old World Oxford University Press

Oxford UK

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 821

Appendices

Appendix I DiacriticsEnglish is one of the few languages that utilizes the standard 26 letters of the Latin alphabet Many other Latin alphabet-based languages supplement the sounds that can be represented by the letters using diacritics (eg aacute atilde acirc auml aring ā ă ą ȁ ȧ ạ ả a ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ) (Wells 2010) Diacritics used in the text are listed below however their effect on pronunciation is not consistent across languages As a consequence it is best to consult an explanation of the use of diacritics for each language

Acute accents (eg aacute ǽ ć eacute iacute oacute ĺ ń ŕ ś uacute z) have a wide range of applications depending upon the language For example in certain languages (eg Lakota Portuguese Spanish) they represent stressed vowels In certain other languages they indicate a long vowel (eg Czech Hungarian Irish) and in Polish palatalization In some African languages an acute accent over a vowel typically indicates a rising tone while over d k or t in Senegalese languages it hardens and shortens the letter A double acute (eg ő ű) is primarily used in Hungarian and acts as a combination of an acute and a diaeresis giving a longer sound to the respective letters

A grave accent (eg agrave egrave igrave ograve ugrave y) like an acute accent has various effects on pronunciation depending upon the language In French a grave accent indicates a half-open vowel in Italian and Catalan it is a stressed vowel in Scottish Gaelic a long vowel and in Vietnamese it denotes a low tone In a number of the African languages listed a grave accent over a vowel denotes a falling tone

In certain African languages a double grave accent (eg ȁ ȅ ȉ ȍ ȑ ȕ) over a vowel indicates a deeper falling tone when following a syllable already under a falling tone Likewise in Serbian Croatian and Slovenian a double grave accent indicates a falling tone

A circumflex accent (eg acirc ecirc icirc ocirc ucirc ŵ y) in Welsh denotes a long vowel including ŵ and y which are also vowels In Chichewa ŵ is a bilabial fricative while in Portuguese acirc ecirc icirc and ocirc are nasalized vowels In Turkish a circumflex appears over an a or u when a preceding consonant (eg k g l) is pronounced as a palatal plosive while in certain African languages a circumflex accent over a vowel indicates a rising tone In Potawatomi ecirc is pronounced as in the English word bet icirc as in bit and ucirc as in luck (Smith 1933) while in Kiowa the circumflex (icirc t) indicates a combination of an acute and a grave accent

A inverted circumflex also known as a hachek (eg č ě š ž) is represented by a relatively sharp wedge over the letter In Czech Slovak Croation Slovene and certain other languages š and ž indicate palato-alveolar fricatives In Amharic the grapheme č denotes the voiceless postalveolar affricate consonant similar to ch in the English word chocolate ğ signals [dʒ] and š signals [ʃ] In Czech č is a voiceless affricate while a hachek over an e indicates palatalization of the preceding consonant In several of the African languages listed a hachek over a consonant indicates a hardened aspiration a fricative or sibilant however when over a vowel it denotes a falling tone in the Nigerian languages

The breve (eg ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ) differs from the hachek in that it is more rounded In several languages it denotes the shortness of a vowel For example in Romanian ă indicates a mid central vowel In several of the African languages the presence of a breve over a vowel shortens it

A macron over a vowel (eg ā ē ī ō ū) indicates a long vowel in Maori Hawaiian and Latvian while in Yoruba it indicates a mid tone In certain African languages a macron lengthens a vowel though more commonly the vowel is doubled to show length In Pinyin ā ē ī ō ū ǖ are used to indicate the

822 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

first tone of Mandarin Chinese In contrast a macron under a vowel (eg a e i o u) in several of the African languages indicates a low level pitch

An overdot (eg ȧ ḃ ċ ḋ ė ḟ ġ ḣ ṁ ṅ ȯ ṗ ṙ ṡ ṫ ẇ ẋ ẏ ż) when used as a diacritic (in contrast to the letters i and j where the dot over the letter is a nondistinctive mark) has several functions In Lithuanian ė stands for a half closed vowel In Maltese ċ is a voiceless postalveolar affricate while in Lakota it is sometimes used to indicate an explosive stop In some of the African languages ṅ indicates ng as in the English sing

A dot under a letter (eg ạ ḅ ḍ ẹ ḥ ḳ ḷ ṃ ṇ ọ ṛ s ṭ ụ ṿ ẉ ẓ) in Vietnamese indicates a low glottal tone when under a vowel In Igbo it indicates a reduction of the height of the vowel while in Yoruba when used under a consonant an underdot indicates a sibilant sound as in s = sh In several of the African languages a dot under a vowel makes it more open

A diaeresis or trema is created using two dots over the letter (eg auml euml iuml ouml uuml) When placed over one of two adjacent vowels a diaeresis indicates the vowels are sounded separately (ie split into two syllables rather than pronounced as a digraph) A variation of this is the German umlaut where auml ouml and uuml represent front vowels This changes the sound as in auml = ae

A tilde is written over a letter (eg atilde ĩ ntilde otilde ũ) to indicate a change in pronunciation In Spanish Basque Filipino Galacian Guarani and certain other languages it represents a palatal nasal consonant In other letters a tilde indicates nasalization of the base vowel in Portuguese and Guarani In Estonian otilde stands for a close-mid back unrounded vowel in Guarani g stands for the nasalized upper central rounded vowel and in Vietnamese a tilde over a vowel represents a dipping tone

A ring over a letter (eg aring ů w y) especially the letter a is a distinctive feature in Danish Norwegian and Swedish The letter ů is used in Czech where it has the same pronunciation as uacute but changes to a short o in declension A ring under a letter (eg ḁ) may also be used in certain Indo-European languages to indicate syllabicity

A hook (eg ả ẻ ỉ ỏ ủ ỷ) appears as a small question mark placed on the top of vowels in the Vietnamese language causing them to be pronounced with a falling then rising tone

A stroke (eg oslash) also called a slash is a diacritic that is placed through the letters o in Danish and Norwegian creating a half-close front rounded vowel A velarized l (eg ł) in Polish is pronounced as w

A bar (eg đ ħ ŧ) is a diacritic the effect of which varies with the language in question The Croatian letter đ represents a palatalized d which can also be written as the digraph dj (Wells 2010) In the Vietnamese alphabet however đ stands for [d] while in Saacutemi đ and ŧ are fricatives In Maltese ħ represents a voiceless pharyngeal fricative

The horn (eg ơ ư) is a Vietnamese diacritic that creates unrounded variants of each vowel and are considered as separate letters from o and u

A cedilla (eg ccedil ş) originated from Spanish and is represented by a miniature curved structure at the base of the letters c and s With ccedil it represents a soft sound s rather than a hard sound k before a o u or at the end of a word in Basque Catalan French and Portuguese However in Albanian Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ccedil represents a voiceless affricate In Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ş represents a voiceless postalveolar fricative ʃ

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 823

Appendices

A comma at the base of a letter (ķ ļ ņ ŗ ţ) is used as a diacritic in several languages (eg Latvian Romanian) and represents various soft consonants With the letter g the comma is reversed and placed out of necessity over the lower case letter (ģ)

A tail or ogonek (eg ą ę į ų) is used in several eastern European languages In Polish ą and ę denote nasalized vowels In Lithuanian the tail simply means a long vowel In transcriptions of Navajo Kiowa and certain other Amerindian languages the diacritic is used to indicate nasalization (Harrington 1928)

A dot (eg ạ ẹ ị ọ ụ ỵ) in Vietnamese indicates a low tone and glottalized or tense voice while in Yoruba ạ and ẹ denote a half-open vowel A dotted s represents a palatoalveolar fricative ʃ A dot is also sometimes used in Romanization of languages using non-Latin alphabets For example several languages from Southeast Asia use a dot under d n s and t to represent retroflex consonants while under d s or t in the Romanization of Arabic it represents an emphatic consonant

An apostrophe (rsquo) has an exceptionally wide range of uses as a diacritic In Hausa it indicates a glottalisation of the following consonant or when between two vowels a glottal stop In the Romanization of Mandarin Chinese it marks aspiration of the preceding consonant sound as in tsrsquoecirc where tsrsquo is aspirated In English it denotes possessive as in the common name giant elephantrsquos ear (Colocasia gigantea (Blume) Hook f) In Swahili when placed after ng (ngrsquo) the g is silent as in the English word singer while in Italian it is occasionally used for a grave accent after a final vowel In some languages (eg Guarani Hawaiian Samoan Tahitian Tongan) and transliterations the apostrophe is used to indicate a glottal stop Likewise it may indicate the presence or lack of palatalization in Belarusian Russian and Ukrainian depending upon where it is used In Southern Paiute -krsquow indicates the w is unvoiced at the end of the word With -ngrsquow the w at the end of the word is unvoiced (Martineau 1992) In some languages an apostrophe is used to separate the root word from its affixes especially if the root word is foreign and unassimilated

The effect of two diacritics on a single letter (eg ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ ế ề ể ễ ệ ǖ ǘ ǚ ǜ) varies with the language in question In Vietnamese one may relate to the vowel quality and the other to the tone

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

818 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

References

Soule J 1985 Glossary for Horticultural Crops John Wiley amp Sons New York New York USASperlich WB (ed) 1997 Tohi Vagahau Niue Niue Language Dictionary Government Press NiueSpring RK 2002 Balti-English English-Balti Dictionary RoutledgeCurzon New York New York

USASprinkle R 1976 Zhonggou Min nan yu Ying yu zi dian (Amoy-English Dictionary) Maryknoll

Fathers Taichung TaiwanStevels JMC 1990 Leacutegumes Traditionnels du Cameroun une Ecirctude Agro-botanique Wageningen

Agricultural University Papers Wageningen the NetherlandsStone G 2002 Upper Sorbian-English Dictionary Domowina Verlag GmbH Bautzen GermanyStroslashmme E (ed) 1993 Navn paring groslashnnsaker og krydderplanter Norsk plantenomenklaturraringd for

hagebruk FaginfoStatens fagtjeneste for landbruket Arings NorwaySubhadrabandhu S 1999 Ethnomedical uses of common plants in Thailand Chronica Horticulturae

39(1)7-9Svenson HK 1939 Monographic studies in the genus Eleocharis ndash V Rhodora 411-19Tanaka Y 1976 Tanakarsquos Cyclopedia of Edible Plants of the World Sasuke Nakao (ed) Keigaku

Pub Co Tokyo JapanTaylor FW 1995 Fulani-English Hippocrene Books New York New York USATerpstra G 1968 English-Tiv Dictionary Institute for African Studies University of Ibadan Ibadan

NigeriaTerrell E SR Hill JH Wiersema and WE Rice 1986 A Check List of Names for 3000 Vascular

Plants of Economic Importance United States Department of Agriculture Agricultural Handbook 505 Washington DC USA

Thibert A 1997 Eskimo-English English-Eskimo Dictionary AES + Laurier Pub Ottawa CanadaThomson DS 1994 The New English-Gaelic Dictionary GAIEM Glasgow Scotland UKTominaga T 1992 Fruits and vegetables in markets in Bintulu Sarawak Malaysia J Fac Agric

Shinshu University 29(2)137-147Torikashvili JJ 1992 Georgian-English English-Georgian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New

York New York USATovar O 1990 Tipos de Vegetacioacuten Diversidad Floristica y Estado de Conservacioacuten de la Cuenca

del Mantaro Centro de Datos para la Conservacioacuten Univ Nac Agraria La Molina Lima PeruUzicani NS 1995 Bosnian-English English-Bosnian Dictionary Hippocrene Books New York

New York USA Van der Maesen LJG and S Somaatmadja (eds) 1989 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No

1 Pulses Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVan Warmelo NJ 1989 Venda Dictionary Tsguvenḓa-English JL van Schaik Pretoria South

AfricaVan Wyk B-E 2005 Food Plants of the World Timber Press Portland Oregon USAVavilov NI 1992 Origin and Geography of Cultivated Plants Cambridge University Press

Cambridge UKVerheij EWM and RE Coronel (eds) 1991 Plant Resources of South-East Asia No 2 Edible

Fruits and Nuts Pudoc Scientific Leiden the NetherlandsVestal PA and RE Schultes 1939 The Economic Botany of the Kiowa Indians Botanical Museum

Cambridge Massachusetts USAWells JC 2010 Orthographic diacritics and multilingual computing lthttpwwwphon uclacuk

homewellsdiadiacritics-revisedhtmgtWhistler WA 1991 Polynesian plant introductions pp 41-66 In Islands Plants and Polynesians

An Introduction to Polynesian Ethnobotany PA Cox and SA Banack (eds) Dioscorides Press Portland Oregon USA

Whistler WA 1991 The Ethnobotany of Tonga The Plants Their Tongan Names and Their Uses Bishop Museum Botany Bull 2 Bishop Museum Honolulu Hawaii USA

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 819

References

Wilder GP 1931 Flora of Rarotonga Bishop Museum Bull 86 Honolulu Hawaii USAWilliamson K 1993 Linguistic evidence for the use of some tree and tuber food plants in Southern

Nigeria pp 150-51 In Shaw T P Sinclair B Andah and A Okpoka The Archaeology of Africa Food Metals and Towns London UK

Williamson J 1960 Useful Plants of Malawi Government Printers Zomba MalawiWilliamson JP 1992 An English-Dakota Dictionary Minnesota Historical Soc Press St Paul

Minnesota USAWilson PM nd English-Swahili East African Literature Bureau Nairobi KenyaYuncker TG 1943 The Flora of Niue Island Bishop Museum Bull 178 Honolulu Hawaii USAYang Yigeng Lianci Liu Xuequn Chen Cailin Chen Guangfan Zhou and Keli Niao 1988

Classificational research for vegetables in mustard (Brassica juncea Coss) pp 342-347 In International Symposium on Horticultural Germplasm Cultivated and Wild Part II vegetables International Academic Publishers Beijing China

Yawalkar KS 1965 Vegetable Crops of India Agri-Horticultural Pub House Nagpur IndiaYoung RW and W Morgan 1980 The Navajo Language University of New Mexico Press

Albuquerque New Mexico USAYuncker TG 1945 Plants of the Manua Islands Bishop Museum Bull 184 Honolulu HawaiiYuncker TG 1959 Plants of Tonga Bishop Museum Bull 220 Honolulu Hawaii USAZohary D and M Hopf 2000 Domestication of Plants in the Old World Oxford University Press

Oxford UK

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 821

Appendices

Appendix I DiacriticsEnglish is one of the few languages that utilizes the standard 26 letters of the Latin alphabet Many other Latin alphabet-based languages supplement the sounds that can be represented by the letters using diacritics (eg aacute atilde acirc auml aring ā ă ą ȁ ȧ ạ ả a ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ) (Wells 2010) Diacritics used in the text are listed below however their effect on pronunciation is not consistent across languages As a consequence it is best to consult an explanation of the use of diacritics for each language

Acute accents (eg aacute ǽ ć eacute iacute oacute ĺ ń ŕ ś uacute z) have a wide range of applications depending upon the language For example in certain languages (eg Lakota Portuguese Spanish) they represent stressed vowels In certain other languages they indicate a long vowel (eg Czech Hungarian Irish) and in Polish palatalization In some African languages an acute accent over a vowel typically indicates a rising tone while over d k or t in Senegalese languages it hardens and shortens the letter A double acute (eg ő ű) is primarily used in Hungarian and acts as a combination of an acute and a diaeresis giving a longer sound to the respective letters

A grave accent (eg agrave egrave igrave ograve ugrave y) like an acute accent has various effects on pronunciation depending upon the language In French a grave accent indicates a half-open vowel in Italian and Catalan it is a stressed vowel in Scottish Gaelic a long vowel and in Vietnamese it denotes a low tone In a number of the African languages listed a grave accent over a vowel denotes a falling tone

In certain African languages a double grave accent (eg ȁ ȅ ȉ ȍ ȑ ȕ) over a vowel indicates a deeper falling tone when following a syllable already under a falling tone Likewise in Serbian Croatian and Slovenian a double grave accent indicates a falling tone

A circumflex accent (eg acirc ecirc icirc ocirc ucirc ŵ y) in Welsh denotes a long vowel including ŵ and y which are also vowels In Chichewa ŵ is a bilabial fricative while in Portuguese acirc ecirc icirc and ocirc are nasalized vowels In Turkish a circumflex appears over an a or u when a preceding consonant (eg k g l) is pronounced as a palatal plosive while in certain African languages a circumflex accent over a vowel indicates a rising tone In Potawatomi ecirc is pronounced as in the English word bet icirc as in bit and ucirc as in luck (Smith 1933) while in Kiowa the circumflex (icirc t) indicates a combination of an acute and a grave accent

A inverted circumflex also known as a hachek (eg č ě š ž) is represented by a relatively sharp wedge over the letter In Czech Slovak Croation Slovene and certain other languages š and ž indicate palato-alveolar fricatives In Amharic the grapheme č denotes the voiceless postalveolar affricate consonant similar to ch in the English word chocolate ğ signals [dʒ] and š signals [ʃ] In Czech č is a voiceless affricate while a hachek over an e indicates palatalization of the preceding consonant In several of the African languages listed a hachek over a consonant indicates a hardened aspiration a fricative or sibilant however when over a vowel it denotes a falling tone in the Nigerian languages

The breve (eg ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ) differs from the hachek in that it is more rounded In several languages it denotes the shortness of a vowel For example in Romanian ă indicates a mid central vowel In several of the African languages the presence of a breve over a vowel shortens it

A macron over a vowel (eg ā ē ī ō ū) indicates a long vowel in Maori Hawaiian and Latvian while in Yoruba it indicates a mid tone In certain African languages a macron lengthens a vowel though more commonly the vowel is doubled to show length In Pinyin ā ē ī ō ū ǖ are used to indicate the

822 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

first tone of Mandarin Chinese In contrast a macron under a vowel (eg a e i o u) in several of the African languages indicates a low level pitch

An overdot (eg ȧ ḃ ċ ḋ ė ḟ ġ ḣ ṁ ṅ ȯ ṗ ṙ ṡ ṫ ẇ ẋ ẏ ż) when used as a diacritic (in contrast to the letters i and j where the dot over the letter is a nondistinctive mark) has several functions In Lithuanian ė stands for a half closed vowel In Maltese ċ is a voiceless postalveolar affricate while in Lakota it is sometimes used to indicate an explosive stop In some of the African languages ṅ indicates ng as in the English sing

A dot under a letter (eg ạ ḅ ḍ ẹ ḥ ḳ ḷ ṃ ṇ ọ ṛ s ṭ ụ ṿ ẉ ẓ) in Vietnamese indicates a low glottal tone when under a vowel In Igbo it indicates a reduction of the height of the vowel while in Yoruba when used under a consonant an underdot indicates a sibilant sound as in s = sh In several of the African languages a dot under a vowel makes it more open

A diaeresis or trema is created using two dots over the letter (eg auml euml iuml ouml uuml) When placed over one of two adjacent vowels a diaeresis indicates the vowels are sounded separately (ie split into two syllables rather than pronounced as a digraph) A variation of this is the German umlaut where auml ouml and uuml represent front vowels This changes the sound as in auml = ae

A tilde is written over a letter (eg atilde ĩ ntilde otilde ũ) to indicate a change in pronunciation In Spanish Basque Filipino Galacian Guarani and certain other languages it represents a palatal nasal consonant In other letters a tilde indicates nasalization of the base vowel in Portuguese and Guarani In Estonian otilde stands for a close-mid back unrounded vowel in Guarani g stands for the nasalized upper central rounded vowel and in Vietnamese a tilde over a vowel represents a dipping tone

A ring over a letter (eg aring ů w y) especially the letter a is a distinctive feature in Danish Norwegian and Swedish The letter ů is used in Czech where it has the same pronunciation as uacute but changes to a short o in declension A ring under a letter (eg ḁ) may also be used in certain Indo-European languages to indicate syllabicity

A hook (eg ả ẻ ỉ ỏ ủ ỷ) appears as a small question mark placed on the top of vowels in the Vietnamese language causing them to be pronounced with a falling then rising tone

A stroke (eg oslash) also called a slash is a diacritic that is placed through the letters o in Danish and Norwegian creating a half-close front rounded vowel A velarized l (eg ł) in Polish is pronounced as w

A bar (eg đ ħ ŧ) is a diacritic the effect of which varies with the language in question The Croatian letter đ represents a palatalized d which can also be written as the digraph dj (Wells 2010) In the Vietnamese alphabet however đ stands for [d] while in Saacutemi đ and ŧ are fricatives In Maltese ħ represents a voiceless pharyngeal fricative

The horn (eg ơ ư) is a Vietnamese diacritic that creates unrounded variants of each vowel and are considered as separate letters from o and u

A cedilla (eg ccedil ş) originated from Spanish and is represented by a miniature curved structure at the base of the letters c and s With ccedil it represents a soft sound s rather than a hard sound k before a o u or at the end of a word in Basque Catalan French and Portuguese However in Albanian Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ccedil represents a voiceless affricate In Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ş represents a voiceless postalveolar fricative ʃ

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 823

Appendices

A comma at the base of a letter (ķ ļ ņ ŗ ţ) is used as a diacritic in several languages (eg Latvian Romanian) and represents various soft consonants With the letter g the comma is reversed and placed out of necessity over the lower case letter (ģ)

A tail or ogonek (eg ą ę į ų) is used in several eastern European languages In Polish ą and ę denote nasalized vowels In Lithuanian the tail simply means a long vowel In transcriptions of Navajo Kiowa and certain other Amerindian languages the diacritic is used to indicate nasalization (Harrington 1928)

A dot (eg ạ ẹ ị ọ ụ ỵ) in Vietnamese indicates a low tone and glottalized or tense voice while in Yoruba ạ and ẹ denote a half-open vowel A dotted s represents a palatoalveolar fricative ʃ A dot is also sometimes used in Romanization of languages using non-Latin alphabets For example several languages from Southeast Asia use a dot under d n s and t to represent retroflex consonants while under d s or t in the Romanization of Arabic it represents an emphatic consonant

An apostrophe (rsquo) has an exceptionally wide range of uses as a diacritic In Hausa it indicates a glottalisation of the following consonant or when between two vowels a glottal stop In the Romanization of Mandarin Chinese it marks aspiration of the preceding consonant sound as in tsrsquoecirc where tsrsquo is aspirated In English it denotes possessive as in the common name giant elephantrsquos ear (Colocasia gigantea (Blume) Hook f) In Swahili when placed after ng (ngrsquo) the g is silent as in the English word singer while in Italian it is occasionally used for a grave accent after a final vowel In some languages (eg Guarani Hawaiian Samoan Tahitian Tongan) and transliterations the apostrophe is used to indicate a glottal stop Likewise it may indicate the presence or lack of palatalization in Belarusian Russian and Ukrainian depending upon where it is used In Southern Paiute -krsquow indicates the w is unvoiced at the end of the word With -ngrsquow the w at the end of the word is unvoiced (Martineau 1992) In some languages an apostrophe is used to separate the root word from its affixes especially if the root word is foreign and unassimilated

The effect of two diacritics on a single letter (eg ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ ế ề ể ễ ệ ǖ ǘ ǚ ǜ) varies with the language in question In Vietnamese one may relate to the vowel quality and the other to the tone

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 819

References

Wilder GP 1931 Flora of Rarotonga Bishop Museum Bull 86 Honolulu Hawaii USAWilliamson K 1993 Linguistic evidence for the use of some tree and tuber food plants in Southern

Nigeria pp 150-51 In Shaw T P Sinclair B Andah and A Okpoka The Archaeology of Africa Food Metals and Towns London UK

Williamson J 1960 Useful Plants of Malawi Government Printers Zomba MalawiWilliamson JP 1992 An English-Dakota Dictionary Minnesota Historical Soc Press St Paul

Minnesota USAWilson PM nd English-Swahili East African Literature Bureau Nairobi KenyaYuncker TG 1943 The Flora of Niue Island Bishop Museum Bull 178 Honolulu Hawaii USAYang Yigeng Lianci Liu Xuequn Chen Cailin Chen Guangfan Zhou and Keli Niao 1988

Classificational research for vegetables in mustard (Brassica juncea Coss) pp 342-347 In International Symposium on Horticultural Germplasm Cultivated and Wild Part II vegetables International Academic Publishers Beijing China

Yawalkar KS 1965 Vegetable Crops of India Agri-Horticultural Pub House Nagpur IndiaYoung RW and W Morgan 1980 The Navajo Language University of New Mexico Press

Albuquerque New Mexico USAYuncker TG 1945 Plants of the Manua Islands Bishop Museum Bull 184 Honolulu HawaiiYuncker TG 1959 Plants of Tonga Bishop Museum Bull 220 Honolulu Hawaii USAZohary D and M Hopf 2000 Domestication of Plants in the Old World Oxford University Press

Oxford UK

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 821

Appendices

Appendix I DiacriticsEnglish is one of the few languages that utilizes the standard 26 letters of the Latin alphabet Many other Latin alphabet-based languages supplement the sounds that can be represented by the letters using diacritics (eg aacute atilde acirc auml aring ā ă ą ȁ ȧ ạ ả a ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ) (Wells 2010) Diacritics used in the text are listed below however their effect on pronunciation is not consistent across languages As a consequence it is best to consult an explanation of the use of diacritics for each language

Acute accents (eg aacute ǽ ć eacute iacute oacute ĺ ń ŕ ś uacute z) have a wide range of applications depending upon the language For example in certain languages (eg Lakota Portuguese Spanish) they represent stressed vowels In certain other languages they indicate a long vowel (eg Czech Hungarian Irish) and in Polish palatalization In some African languages an acute accent over a vowel typically indicates a rising tone while over d k or t in Senegalese languages it hardens and shortens the letter A double acute (eg ő ű) is primarily used in Hungarian and acts as a combination of an acute and a diaeresis giving a longer sound to the respective letters

A grave accent (eg agrave egrave igrave ograve ugrave y) like an acute accent has various effects on pronunciation depending upon the language In French a grave accent indicates a half-open vowel in Italian and Catalan it is a stressed vowel in Scottish Gaelic a long vowel and in Vietnamese it denotes a low tone In a number of the African languages listed a grave accent over a vowel denotes a falling tone

In certain African languages a double grave accent (eg ȁ ȅ ȉ ȍ ȑ ȕ) over a vowel indicates a deeper falling tone when following a syllable already under a falling tone Likewise in Serbian Croatian and Slovenian a double grave accent indicates a falling tone

A circumflex accent (eg acirc ecirc icirc ocirc ucirc ŵ y) in Welsh denotes a long vowel including ŵ and y which are also vowels In Chichewa ŵ is a bilabial fricative while in Portuguese acirc ecirc icirc and ocirc are nasalized vowels In Turkish a circumflex appears over an a or u when a preceding consonant (eg k g l) is pronounced as a palatal plosive while in certain African languages a circumflex accent over a vowel indicates a rising tone In Potawatomi ecirc is pronounced as in the English word bet icirc as in bit and ucirc as in luck (Smith 1933) while in Kiowa the circumflex (icirc t) indicates a combination of an acute and a grave accent

A inverted circumflex also known as a hachek (eg č ě š ž) is represented by a relatively sharp wedge over the letter In Czech Slovak Croation Slovene and certain other languages š and ž indicate palato-alveolar fricatives In Amharic the grapheme č denotes the voiceless postalveolar affricate consonant similar to ch in the English word chocolate ğ signals [dʒ] and š signals [ʃ] In Czech č is a voiceless affricate while a hachek over an e indicates palatalization of the preceding consonant In several of the African languages listed a hachek over a consonant indicates a hardened aspiration a fricative or sibilant however when over a vowel it denotes a falling tone in the Nigerian languages

The breve (eg ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ) differs from the hachek in that it is more rounded In several languages it denotes the shortness of a vowel For example in Romanian ă indicates a mid central vowel In several of the African languages the presence of a breve over a vowel shortens it

A macron over a vowel (eg ā ē ī ō ū) indicates a long vowel in Maori Hawaiian and Latvian while in Yoruba it indicates a mid tone In certain African languages a macron lengthens a vowel though more commonly the vowel is doubled to show length In Pinyin ā ē ī ō ū ǖ are used to indicate the

822 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

first tone of Mandarin Chinese In contrast a macron under a vowel (eg a e i o u) in several of the African languages indicates a low level pitch

An overdot (eg ȧ ḃ ċ ḋ ė ḟ ġ ḣ ṁ ṅ ȯ ṗ ṙ ṡ ṫ ẇ ẋ ẏ ż) when used as a diacritic (in contrast to the letters i and j where the dot over the letter is a nondistinctive mark) has several functions In Lithuanian ė stands for a half closed vowel In Maltese ċ is a voiceless postalveolar affricate while in Lakota it is sometimes used to indicate an explosive stop In some of the African languages ṅ indicates ng as in the English sing

A dot under a letter (eg ạ ḅ ḍ ẹ ḥ ḳ ḷ ṃ ṇ ọ ṛ s ṭ ụ ṿ ẉ ẓ) in Vietnamese indicates a low glottal tone when under a vowel In Igbo it indicates a reduction of the height of the vowel while in Yoruba when used under a consonant an underdot indicates a sibilant sound as in s = sh In several of the African languages a dot under a vowel makes it more open

A diaeresis or trema is created using two dots over the letter (eg auml euml iuml ouml uuml) When placed over one of two adjacent vowels a diaeresis indicates the vowels are sounded separately (ie split into two syllables rather than pronounced as a digraph) A variation of this is the German umlaut where auml ouml and uuml represent front vowels This changes the sound as in auml = ae

A tilde is written over a letter (eg atilde ĩ ntilde otilde ũ) to indicate a change in pronunciation In Spanish Basque Filipino Galacian Guarani and certain other languages it represents a palatal nasal consonant In other letters a tilde indicates nasalization of the base vowel in Portuguese and Guarani In Estonian otilde stands for a close-mid back unrounded vowel in Guarani g stands for the nasalized upper central rounded vowel and in Vietnamese a tilde over a vowel represents a dipping tone

A ring over a letter (eg aring ů w y) especially the letter a is a distinctive feature in Danish Norwegian and Swedish The letter ů is used in Czech where it has the same pronunciation as uacute but changes to a short o in declension A ring under a letter (eg ḁ) may also be used in certain Indo-European languages to indicate syllabicity

A hook (eg ả ẻ ỉ ỏ ủ ỷ) appears as a small question mark placed on the top of vowels in the Vietnamese language causing them to be pronounced with a falling then rising tone

A stroke (eg oslash) also called a slash is a diacritic that is placed through the letters o in Danish and Norwegian creating a half-close front rounded vowel A velarized l (eg ł) in Polish is pronounced as w

A bar (eg đ ħ ŧ) is a diacritic the effect of which varies with the language in question The Croatian letter đ represents a palatalized d which can also be written as the digraph dj (Wells 2010) In the Vietnamese alphabet however đ stands for [d] while in Saacutemi đ and ŧ are fricatives In Maltese ħ represents a voiceless pharyngeal fricative

The horn (eg ơ ư) is a Vietnamese diacritic that creates unrounded variants of each vowel and are considered as separate letters from o and u

A cedilla (eg ccedil ş) originated from Spanish and is represented by a miniature curved structure at the base of the letters c and s With ccedil it represents a soft sound s rather than a hard sound k before a o u or at the end of a word in Basque Catalan French and Portuguese However in Albanian Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ccedil represents a voiceless affricate In Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ş represents a voiceless postalveolar fricative ʃ

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 823

Appendices

A comma at the base of a letter (ķ ļ ņ ŗ ţ) is used as a diacritic in several languages (eg Latvian Romanian) and represents various soft consonants With the letter g the comma is reversed and placed out of necessity over the lower case letter (ģ)

A tail or ogonek (eg ą ę į ų) is used in several eastern European languages In Polish ą and ę denote nasalized vowels In Lithuanian the tail simply means a long vowel In transcriptions of Navajo Kiowa and certain other Amerindian languages the diacritic is used to indicate nasalization (Harrington 1928)

A dot (eg ạ ẹ ị ọ ụ ỵ) in Vietnamese indicates a low tone and glottalized or tense voice while in Yoruba ạ and ẹ denote a half-open vowel A dotted s represents a palatoalveolar fricative ʃ A dot is also sometimes used in Romanization of languages using non-Latin alphabets For example several languages from Southeast Asia use a dot under d n s and t to represent retroflex consonants while under d s or t in the Romanization of Arabic it represents an emphatic consonant

An apostrophe (rsquo) has an exceptionally wide range of uses as a diacritic In Hausa it indicates a glottalisation of the following consonant or when between two vowels a glottal stop In the Romanization of Mandarin Chinese it marks aspiration of the preceding consonant sound as in tsrsquoecirc where tsrsquo is aspirated In English it denotes possessive as in the common name giant elephantrsquos ear (Colocasia gigantea (Blume) Hook f) In Swahili when placed after ng (ngrsquo) the g is silent as in the English word singer while in Italian it is occasionally used for a grave accent after a final vowel In some languages (eg Guarani Hawaiian Samoan Tahitian Tongan) and transliterations the apostrophe is used to indicate a glottal stop Likewise it may indicate the presence or lack of palatalization in Belarusian Russian and Ukrainian depending upon where it is used In Southern Paiute -krsquow indicates the w is unvoiced at the end of the word With -ngrsquow the w at the end of the word is unvoiced (Martineau 1992) In some languages an apostrophe is used to separate the root word from its affixes especially if the root word is foreign and unassimilated

The effect of two diacritics on a single letter (eg ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ ế ề ể ễ ệ ǖ ǘ ǚ ǜ) varies with the language in question In Vietnamese one may relate to the vowel quality and the other to the tone

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 821

Appendices

Appendix I DiacriticsEnglish is one of the few languages that utilizes the standard 26 letters of the Latin alphabet Many other Latin alphabet-based languages supplement the sounds that can be represented by the letters using diacritics (eg aacute atilde acirc auml aring ā ă ą ȁ ȧ ạ ả a ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ) (Wells 2010) Diacritics used in the text are listed below however their effect on pronunciation is not consistent across languages As a consequence it is best to consult an explanation of the use of diacritics for each language

Acute accents (eg aacute ǽ ć eacute iacute oacute ĺ ń ŕ ś uacute z) have a wide range of applications depending upon the language For example in certain languages (eg Lakota Portuguese Spanish) they represent stressed vowels In certain other languages they indicate a long vowel (eg Czech Hungarian Irish) and in Polish palatalization In some African languages an acute accent over a vowel typically indicates a rising tone while over d k or t in Senegalese languages it hardens and shortens the letter A double acute (eg ő ű) is primarily used in Hungarian and acts as a combination of an acute and a diaeresis giving a longer sound to the respective letters

A grave accent (eg agrave egrave igrave ograve ugrave y) like an acute accent has various effects on pronunciation depending upon the language In French a grave accent indicates a half-open vowel in Italian and Catalan it is a stressed vowel in Scottish Gaelic a long vowel and in Vietnamese it denotes a low tone In a number of the African languages listed a grave accent over a vowel denotes a falling tone

In certain African languages a double grave accent (eg ȁ ȅ ȉ ȍ ȑ ȕ) over a vowel indicates a deeper falling tone when following a syllable already under a falling tone Likewise in Serbian Croatian and Slovenian a double grave accent indicates a falling tone

A circumflex accent (eg acirc ecirc icirc ocirc ucirc ŵ y) in Welsh denotes a long vowel including ŵ and y which are also vowels In Chichewa ŵ is a bilabial fricative while in Portuguese acirc ecirc icirc and ocirc are nasalized vowels In Turkish a circumflex appears over an a or u when a preceding consonant (eg k g l) is pronounced as a palatal plosive while in certain African languages a circumflex accent over a vowel indicates a rising tone In Potawatomi ecirc is pronounced as in the English word bet icirc as in bit and ucirc as in luck (Smith 1933) while in Kiowa the circumflex (icirc t) indicates a combination of an acute and a grave accent

A inverted circumflex also known as a hachek (eg č ě š ž) is represented by a relatively sharp wedge over the letter In Czech Slovak Croation Slovene and certain other languages š and ž indicate palato-alveolar fricatives In Amharic the grapheme č denotes the voiceless postalveolar affricate consonant similar to ch in the English word chocolate ğ signals [dʒ] and š signals [ʃ] In Czech č is a voiceless affricate while a hachek over an e indicates palatalization of the preceding consonant In several of the African languages listed a hachek over a consonant indicates a hardened aspiration a fricative or sibilant however when over a vowel it denotes a falling tone in the Nigerian languages

The breve (eg ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ) differs from the hachek in that it is more rounded In several languages it denotes the shortness of a vowel For example in Romanian ă indicates a mid central vowel In several of the African languages the presence of a breve over a vowel shortens it

A macron over a vowel (eg ā ē ī ō ū) indicates a long vowel in Maori Hawaiian and Latvian while in Yoruba it indicates a mid tone In certain African languages a macron lengthens a vowel though more commonly the vowel is doubled to show length In Pinyin ā ē ī ō ū ǖ are used to indicate the

822 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

first tone of Mandarin Chinese In contrast a macron under a vowel (eg a e i o u) in several of the African languages indicates a low level pitch

An overdot (eg ȧ ḃ ċ ḋ ė ḟ ġ ḣ ṁ ṅ ȯ ṗ ṙ ṡ ṫ ẇ ẋ ẏ ż) when used as a diacritic (in contrast to the letters i and j where the dot over the letter is a nondistinctive mark) has several functions In Lithuanian ė stands for a half closed vowel In Maltese ċ is a voiceless postalveolar affricate while in Lakota it is sometimes used to indicate an explosive stop In some of the African languages ṅ indicates ng as in the English sing

A dot under a letter (eg ạ ḅ ḍ ẹ ḥ ḳ ḷ ṃ ṇ ọ ṛ s ṭ ụ ṿ ẉ ẓ) in Vietnamese indicates a low glottal tone when under a vowel In Igbo it indicates a reduction of the height of the vowel while in Yoruba when used under a consonant an underdot indicates a sibilant sound as in s = sh In several of the African languages a dot under a vowel makes it more open

A diaeresis or trema is created using two dots over the letter (eg auml euml iuml ouml uuml) When placed over one of two adjacent vowels a diaeresis indicates the vowels are sounded separately (ie split into two syllables rather than pronounced as a digraph) A variation of this is the German umlaut where auml ouml and uuml represent front vowels This changes the sound as in auml = ae

A tilde is written over a letter (eg atilde ĩ ntilde otilde ũ) to indicate a change in pronunciation In Spanish Basque Filipino Galacian Guarani and certain other languages it represents a palatal nasal consonant In other letters a tilde indicates nasalization of the base vowel in Portuguese and Guarani In Estonian otilde stands for a close-mid back unrounded vowel in Guarani g stands for the nasalized upper central rounded vowel and in Vietnamese a tilde over a vowel represents a dipping tone

A ring over a letter (eg aring ů w y) especially the letter a is a distinctive feature in Danish Norwegian and Swedish The letter ů is used in Czech where it has the same pronunciation as uacute but changes to a short o in declension A ring under a letter (eg ḁ) may also be used in certain Indo-European languages to indicate syllabicity

A hook (eg ả ẻ ỉ ỏ ủ ỷ) appears as a small question mark placed on the top of vowels in the Vietnamese language causing them to be pronounced with a falling then rising tone

A stroke (eg oslash) also called a slash is a diacritic that is placed through the letters o in Danish and Norwegian creating a half-close front rounded vowel A velarized l (eg ł) in Polish is pronounced as w

A bar (eg đ ħ ŧ) is a diacritic the effect of which varies with the language in question The Croatian letter đ represents a palatalized d which can also be written as the digraph dj (Wells 2010) In the Vietnamese alphabet however đ stands for [d] while in Saacutemi đ and ŧ are fricatives In Maltese ħ represents a voiceless pharyngeal fricative

The horn (eg ơ ư) is a Vietnamese diacritic that creates unrounded variants of each vowel and are considered as separate letters from o and u

A cedilla (eg ccedil ş) originated from Spanish and is represented by a miniature curved structure at the base of the letters c and s With ccedil it represents a soft sound s rather than a hard sound k before a o u or at the end of a word in Basque Catalan French and Portuguese However in Albanian Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ccedil represents a voiceless affricate In Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ş represents a voiceless postalveolar fricative ʃ

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 823

Appendices

A comma at the base of a letter (ķ ļ ņ ŗ ţ) is used as a diacritic in several languages (eg Latvian Romanian) and represents various soft consonants With the letter g the comma is reversed and placed out of necessity over the lower case letter (ģ)

A tail or ogonek (eg ą ę į ų) is used in several eastern European languages In Polish ą and ę denote nasalized vowels In Lithuanian the tail simply means a long vowel In transcriptions of Navajo Kiowa and certain other Amerindian languages the diacritic is used to indicate nasalization (Harrington 1928)

A dot (eg ạ ẹ ị ọ ụ ỵ) in Vietnamese indicates a low tone and glottalized or tense voice while in Yoruba ạ and ẹ denote a half-open vowel A dotted s represents a palatoalveolar fricative ʃ A dot is also sometimes used in Romanization of languages using non-Latin alphabets For example several languages from Southeast Asia use a dot under d n s and t to represent retroflex consonants while under d s or t in the Romanization of Arabic it represents an emphatic consonant

An apostrophe (rsquo) has an exceptionally wide range of uses as a diacritic In Hausa it indicates a glottalisation of the following consonant or when between two vowels a glottal stop In the Romanization of Mandarin Chinese it marks aspiration of the preceding consonant sound as in tsrsquoecirc where tsrsquo is aspirated In English it denotes possessive as in the common name giant elephantrsquos ear (Colocasia gigantea (Blume) Hook f) In Swahili when placed after ng (ngrsquo) the g is silent as in the English word singer while in Italian it is occasionally used for a grave accent after a final vowel In some languages (eg Guarani Hawaiian Samoan Tahitian Tongan) and transliterations the apostrophe is used to indicate a glottal stop Likewise it may indicate the presence or lack of palatalization in Belarusian Russian and Ukrainian depending upon where it is used In Southern Paiute -krsquow indicates the w is unvoiced at the end of the word With -ngrsquow the w at the end of the word is unvoiced (Martineau 1992) In some languages an apostrophe is used to separate the root word from its affixes especially if the root word is foreign and unassimilated

The effect of two diacritics on a single letter (eg ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ ế ề ể ễ ệ ǖ ǘ ǚ ǜ) varies with the language in question In Vietnamese one may relate to the vowel quality and the other to the tone

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

822 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

first tone of Mandarin Chinese In contrast a macron under a vowel (eg a e i o u) in several of the African languages indicates a low level pitch

An overdot (eg ȧ ḃ ċ ḋ ė ḟ ġ ḣ ṁ ṅ ȯ ṗ ṙ ṡ ṫ ẇ ẋ ẏ ż) when used as a diacritic (in contrast to the letters i and j where the dot over the letter is a nondistinctive mark) has several functions In Lithuanian ė stands for a half closed vowel In Maltese ċ is a voiceless postalveolar affricate while in Lakota it is sometimes used to indicate an explosive stop In some of the African languages ṅ indicates ng as in the English sing

A dot under a letter (eg ạ ḅ ḍ ẹ ḥ ḳ ḷ ṃ ṇ ọ ṛ s ṭ ụ ṿ ẉ ẓ) in Vietnamese indicates a low glottal tone when under a vowel In Igbo it indicates a reduction of the height of the vowel while in Yoruba when used under a consonant an underdot indicates a sibilant sound as in s = sh In several of the African languages a dot under a vowel makes it more open

A diaeresis or trema is created using two dots over the letter (eg auml euml iuml ouml uuml) When placed over one of two adjacent vowels a diaeresis indicates the vowels are sounded separately (ie split into two syllables rather than pronounced as a digraph) A variation of this is the German umlaut where auml ouml and uuml represent front vowels This changes the sound as in auml = ae

A tilde is written over a letter (eg atilde ĩ ntilde otilde ũ) to indicate a change in pronunciation In Spanish Basque Filipino Galacian Guarani and certain other languages it represents a palatal nasal consonant In other letters a tilde indicates nasalization of the base vowel in Portuguese and Guarani In Estonian otilde stands for a close-mid back unrounded vowel in Guarani g stands for the nasalized upper central rounded vowel and in Vietnamese a tilde over a vowel represents a dipping tone

A ring over a letter (eg aring ů w y) especially the letter a is a distinctive feature in Danish Norwegian and Swedish The letter ů is used in Czech where it has the same pronunciation as uacute but changes to a short o in declension A ring under a letter (eg ḁ) may also be used in certain Indo-European languages to indicate syllabicity

A hook (eg ả ẻ ỉ ỏ ủ ỷ) appears as a small question mark placed on the top of vowels in the Vietnamese language causing them to be pronounced with a falling then rising tone

A stroke (eg oslash) also called a slash is a diacritic that is placed through the letters o in Danish and Norwegian creating a half-close front rounded vowel A velarized l (eg ł) in Polish is pronounced as w

A bar (eg đ ħ ŧ) is a diacritic the effect of which varies with the language in question The Croatian letter đ represents a palatalized d which can also be written as the digraph dj (Wells 2010) In the Vietnamese alphabet however đ stands for [d] while in Saacutemi đ and ŧ are fricatives In Maltese ħ represents a voiceless pharyngeal fricative

The horn (eg ơ ư) is a Vietnamese diacritic that creates unrounded variants of each vowel and are considered as separate letters from o and u

A cedilla (eg ccedil ş) originated from Spanish and is represented by a miniature curved structure at the base of the letters c and s With ccedil it represents a soft sound s rather than a hard sound k before a o u or at the end of a word in Basque Catalan French and Portuguese However in Albanian Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ccedil represents a voiceless affricate In Azerbaijani Kurdish Tatar Turkish and Turkmen ş represents a voiceless postalveolar fricative ʃ

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 823

Appendices

A comma at the base of a letter (ķ ļ ņ ŗ ţ) is used as a diacritic in several languages (eg Latvian Romanian) and represents various soft consonants With the letter g the comma is reversed and placed out of necessity over the lower case letter (ģ)

A tail or ogonek (eg ą ę į ų) is used in several eastern European languages In Polish ą and ę denote nasalized vowels In Lithuanian the tail simply means a long vowel In transcriptions of Navajo Kiowa and certain other Amerindian languages the diacritic is used to indicate nasalization (Harrington 1928)

A dot (eg ạ ẹ ị ọ ụ ỵ) in Vietnamese indicates a low tone and glottalized or tense voice while in Yoruba ạ and ẹ denote a half-open vowel A dotted s represents a palatoalveolar fricative ʃ A dot is also sometimes used in Romanization of languages using non-Latin alphabets For example several languages from Southeast Asia use a dot under d n s and t to represent retroflex consonants while under d s or t in the Romanization of Arabic it represents an emphatic consonant

An apostrophe (rsquo) has an exceptionally wide range of uses as a diacritic In Hausa it indicates a glottalisation of the following consonant or when between two vowels a glottal stop In the Romanization of Mandarin Chinese it marks aspiration of the preceding consonant sound as in tsrsquoecirc where tsrsquo is aspirated In English it denotes possessive as in the common name giant elephantrsquos ear (Colocasia gigantea (Blume) Hook f) In Swahili when placed after ng (ngrsquo) the g is silent as in the English word singer while in Italian it is occasionally used for a grave accent after a final vowel In some languages (eg Guarani Hawaiian Samoan Tahitian Tongan) and transliterations the apostrophe is used to indicate a glottal stop Likewise it may indicate the presence or lack of palatalization in Belarusian Russian and Ukrainian depending upon where it is used In Southern Paiute -krsquow indicates the w is unvoiced at the end of the word With -ngrsquow the w at the end of the word is unvoiced (Martineau 1992) In some languages an apostrophe is used to separate the root word from its affixes especially if the root word is foreign and unassimilated

The effect of two diacritics on a single letter (eg ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ ế ề ể ễ ệ ǖ ǘ ǚ ǜ) varies with the language in question In Vietnamese one may relate to the vowel quality and the other to the tone

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 823

Appendices

A comma at the base of a letter (ķ ļ ņ ŗ ţ) is used as a diacritic in several languages (eg Latvian Romanian) and represents various soft consonants With the letter g the comma is reversed and placed out of necessity over the lower case letter (ģ)

A tail or ogonek (eg ą ę į ų) is used in several eastern European languages In Polish ą and ę denote nasalized vowels In Lithuanian the tail simply means a long vowel In transcriptions of Navajo Kiowa and certain other Amerindian languages the diacritic is used to indicate nasalization (Harrington 1928)

A dot (eg ạ ẹ ị ọ ụ ỵ) in Vietnamese indicates a low tone and glottalized or tense voice while in Yoruba ạ and ẹ denote a half-open vowel A dotted s represents a palatoalveolar fricative ʃ A dot is also sometimes used in Romanization of languages using non-Latin alphabets For example several languages from Southeast Asia use a dot under d n s and t to represent retroflex consonants while under d s or t in the Romanization of Arabic it represents an emphatic consonant

An apostrophe (rsquo) has an exceptionally wide range of uses as a diacritic In Hausa it indicates a glottalisation of the following consonant or when between two vowels a glottal stop In the Romanization of Mandarin Chinese it marks aspiration of the preceding consonant sound as in tsrsquoecirc where tsrsquo is aspirated In English it denotes possessive as in the common name giant elephantrsquos ear (Colocasia gigantea (Blume) Hook f) In Swahili when placed after ng (ngrsquo) the g is silent as in the English word singer while in Italian it is occasionally used for a grave accent after a final vowel In some languages (eg Guarani Hawaiian Samoan Tahitian Tongan) and transliterations the apostrophe is used to indicate a glottal stop Likewise it may indicate the presence or lack of palatalization in Belarusian Russian and Ukrainian depending upon where it is used In Southern Paiute -krsquow indicates the w is unvoiced at the end of the word With -ngrsquow the w at the end of the word is unvoiced (Martineau 1992) In some languages an apostrophe is used to separate the root word from its affixes especially if the root word is foreign and unassimilated

The effect of two diacritics on a single letter (eg ǻ ấ ầ ẩ ẫ ậ ắ ằ ẳ ẵ ặ ế ề ể ễ ệ ǖ ǘ ǚ ǜ) varies with the language in question In Vietnamese one may relate to the vowel quality and the other to the tone

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 825

Appendices

Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetizationUnique letters and symbols

In some instances unique letters are required for representing distinctive sounds that cannot be reproduced using Latin letters and diacritics For example the palatoalveolar fricative (ʃ) may be represented by sh in English or š ŝ or ş depending upon the language In English certain sounds can be represented by combining two letters [sh or ng] called a digraph In other languages however these adjacent letters may sometimes be pronounced separately In other instances it is not possible to accurately represent the required sound with existing letters or diacritics in which case additional letters are required For example in the Khoisan languages clicking sounds are used which cannot be reproduced using the Latin alphabet In addition to new letters ligatures (the fusion of two letters such as aelig) are routinely used in some languages

Several West African languages use additional letters (eg ŋ ɲ ǝ ɛ ɔ) Where possible the pronunciation indicated by the letter is listed below typically by language or language groups In a few instances symbols used from several sources lack descriptions of their pronunciation and an explanation could not be found For more detailed explanation of unique characters one should utilize a dictionary for the language in question

Afro-roman characters used in a number of African languages

ɓ ndash a glottalised bḅ ndash an implosive bɖ ndash a post-alveolar dɗ ndash a glottalised dḍ ndash an implosive dɛ ndash an open eǝ ndash a central vowel (schwa) as at the end of English sodaƒ ndash a bilabial fɣ ndash a voiced velar fricativeƙ ndash a glottalized kɲ ndash a palatal nasal nyŋ ndash a velar nasal as the ng in English singɔ ndash a short back vowel as in English broughtọ ndash a short back vowel in Nigerian languagesʃ ndash shƴ ndash a glottalised y

Amharic (see Kane 1990)

gw ndash the superscript w indicates a voiced labiovelar stopʔ ndash represents a voiceless glottal stop

Azerbaijani Kazakh Kirghiz Tatar

indicates a retracted i sound ndash

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

826 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Herero is a Bantu language and like the Khoisan languages of southern Africa uses clicks as speech sounds The primary sounds are symbolized using ǀ ne (or ǂ) and Many of the Bantu languages (eg Zulu) use the letters c x and q for dental lateral and alveolar clicks

ndash represents an alveolar click which is made using the tip of the tongue which is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth

ne ndash or more correctly ǂ is a palatal click that is made with a flat tongue that is pulled down abruptly from the roof of the mouth It makes a softer sound clicking sound than the

Comanche

ʔ ndash represents a glottal stop

German

szlig ndash the German eszett or scharfes symbol has been replaced in modern German by ss

Khmer Central

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Kung-Ekoka is synonymous with KUNG a member of the Khoisan language family that uses click sounds The sound is created by sucking on the molars in the back of the mouth to create a sound (tchick) somewhat like that used in English to get a horse moving

fraslfrasl or ǂ ndash a pulmonic click ndash click consonant

Lahu

Diacritical marks in some versions of Lahu are placed one space after each vowel

˄ ndash represents a rising tone˅ ndash represents a falling toneˉ ndash represents a very low tone

Lakota

η ndash The lower case Greek letter η (eta) is used in popular Lakota orthography to indicate the nasality of a preceding vowel

Lao

ndash when following a vowel it indicates a lengthening of the vowel sound

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon 827

Appendices

Nama-Damara

ndash represents a post-alveolar click release (sharp click) ndash represents affricated lateral clicks ndash represents affricated dental clicks- ndash represents a stem that occurs with a prefix

Paiute Southern (Martineau 1992)

rsquondash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stopacutendash an accute accent mark is used to distinguish a long vowel from a short one

Potawatomi (Smith 1933)

rsquo ndash an apostrophe indicates a glottal stop

Pume

th ndash a superscript h indicates aspiration of the sound

Samoan and Raratongan

lsquo ndash indicates a glottal unaspirated voiceless stop

Somali

ḋ ndash indicates an implosive dental stop

Tibetan

part ndash though not specified in the source it probably represents a low mid-back rounded vowel alternatively a high central unrounded vowel

Vietnamese

[ ] ndash Letters within brackets represent transcriptions of Vietnamese characters (eg [aws] = ắ [oos] = ố [oox] = ỗ [oo] = ocirc etc)

Warma

δ ndash indicates the voiced th sound in the English word thus

Yom

μ ndash is thought to represent a syllabic nasal sound as in the om of the English word bottomτ ndash though not indicated by the source it probably indicates a partially voiced t sound when adjacent

to an m or r

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization

828 Cultivated vegetables of the world a multilingual onomasticon

Appendices

Zuni

ndash a slash represents a glottal stop in Zuni that is unaspirated and voiceless (Newman 1958)

Italicization

Certain prefixes are italicized in several African languages the use of which varies depending upon the language and source In a number of cases the meaning of italicization in vernacular name lists is not indicated In some instances the use of italics indicates singular versus plural definite for the plant or for the useful part of the plant For example in Themne the prefixes a- am- an- indicate singular while ɛ- indicates plural ka- singular for the useful part of the plant and ta- the plural ma- the fruit (Deighton 1957) In various Niger-Congo languages the vernacular name may begin with an italicized n m g or k followed by a specific letter (eg mb nd ng nj gb or kp) which indicates an altered pronunciation of the second letter When the name is modified with a prefix the initial consonant is commonly altered for euphony (eg t becomes l k becomes g) In some sources prefixes are ignored in alphabetization however herein the prefix is treated as part of the word

Alphabetization

In the Latin alphabet used by the English language individual letters are alphabetized in the following order a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z In some languages certain digraphs (a two letter combinations such as sh ng nh) are treated as distinct letters and their alphabetization varies depending upon the language In addition letters with diacritics over them in some languages may be alphabetized using distinctly different methods as illustrated by Estonian vowels with diacritics which are found in the following order at the end of the alphabet p r s š z ž t u v otilde auml ouml uuml The Kiowa alphabet exhibits the following order a au e i o u ai aui oi ui b f p v g c k q d j t th ch x s z l w y h m n while the Zuni alphabet comprised of only 18 letters is ordered as follows a b d ch e h i k l ł m n o p s t u w y

In the text diacritics are ignored with regard to alphabetization The following alphabetical sequence is used aα aeligae bɓ cɔ dɗɖ eɛʃǝ f ƒ g hɣ iı j kƙ l m nɲŋ o p q r s szlig t u v w x yƴ z δ η where slashes () indicate the letters are handled alphabetically as equals

  • References
  • Appendix I Diacritics
  • Appendix II Unique letterssymbols and alphabetization